|
|
|
94TH GENERAL ASSEMBLY
State of Illinois
2005 and 2006 SB2795
Introduced 1/20/2006, by Sen. George P. Shadid - Miguel del Valle - Deanna Demuzio - John M. Sullivan - Dale E. Risinger SYNOPSIS AS INTRODUCED: |
|
|
Amends the School Code. Creates a new Article concerning the conversion and formation of school districts. Contains provisions concerning school district conversions; combined school district formation; unit school district formation; partial elementary unit school district formation; petitions; the holding of an election; taxes, bonds, and working cash funds; the effective date of a change; a map showing the change; assets, liabilities, bonded indebtedness, and tax rates; teachers in contractual continued service; limitations on contesting boundary changes; a limitation on successive petitions; a school district's nonrecognition status; unit district formation and a joint agreement vocational education program; and incentives. Repeals provisions concerning unit school district conversion in districts with not more than 250 students in grades 9 through 12, unit school district formation, school district combination, school district conversion, and supplementary State aid for new, annexing, and resulting districts. Makes related changes in the School Code and Election Code. Effective July 1, 2006.
|
| |
|
|
FISCAL NOTE ACT MAY APPLY | |
HOUSING AFFORDABILITY IMPACT NOTE ACT MAY APPLY |
|
|
A BILL FOR
|
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
|
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| AN ACT concerning education.
|
2 |
| Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
|
3 |
| represented in the General Assembly:
|
4 |
| Section 5. The Election Code is amended by changing Section |
5 |
| 28-2 as follows:
|
6 |
| (10 ILCS 5/28-2) (from Ch. 46, par. 28-2)
|
7 |
| Sec. 28-2. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this |
8 |
| Section, petitions
for the submission of public questions to |
9 |
| referendum must be filed with the
appropriate officer or board |
10 |
| not less than 78 days prior to a regular
election to be |
11 |
| eligible for submission on the ballot at such election; and
|
12 |
| petitions for the submission of a question under Section 18-120 |
13 |
| of the
Property Tax Code must be filed with the appropriate |
14 |
| officer or board not more
than 10 months nor less than 6 months |
15 |
| prior to the election at which such
question is to be submitted |
16 |
| to the voters.
|
17 |
| (b) However, petitions for the submission of a public |
18 |
| question to
referendum which proposes the creation or formation |
19 |
| of a political
subdivision must be filed with the appropriate |
20 |
| officer or board not less
than 108 days prior to a regular |
21 |
| election to be eligible for submission on
the ballot at such |
22 |
| election.
|
23 |
| (c) Resolutions or ordinances of governing boards of |
24 |
| political
subdivisions which initiate the submission of public |
25 |
| questions pursuant
to law must be adopted not less than 65 days |
26 |
| before a regularly scheduled
election to be eligible for |
27 |
| submission on the ballot at such election.
|
28 |
| (d) A petition, resolution or ordinance initiating the |
29 |
| submission of a
public question may specify a regular election |
30 |
| at which the question is
to be submitted, and must so specify |
31 |
| if the statute authorizing the
public question requires |
32 |
| submission at a particular election. However,
no petition, |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 2 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| resolution or ordinance initiating the submission of a
public |
2 |
| question, other than a legislative resolution initiating an
|
3 |
| amendment to the Constitution, may specify such submission at |
4 |
| an
election more than one year, or 15 months in the case of a |
5 |
| back door referendum as defined in subsection (f), after the |
6 |
| date on which it is filed or
adopted, as the case may be. A |
7 |
| petition, resolution or ordinance
initiating a public question |
8 |
| which specifies a particular election at
which the question is |
9 |
| to be submitted shall be so limited, and shall not
be valid as |
10 |
| to any other election, other than an emergency referendum
|
11 |
| ordered pursuant to Section 2A-1.4.
|
12 |
| (e) If a petition initiating a public question does not |
13 |
| specify a
regularly scheduled election, the public question |
14 |
| shall be submitted to
referendum at the next regular election |
15 |
| occurring not less than 78 days
after the filing of the |
16 |
| petition, or not less than 108 days after the
filing of a |
17 |
| petition for referendum to create a political subdivision. If
a |
18 |
| resolution or ordinance initiating a public question does not |
19 |
| specify a
regularly scheduled election, the public question |
20 |
| shall be submitted to
referendum at the next regular election |
21 |
| occurring not less than 65 days
after the adoption of the |
22 |
| resolution or ordinance.
|
23 |
| (f) In the case of back door referenda, any limitations in |
24 |
| another
statute authorizing such a referendum which restrict |
25 |
| the time in which
the initiating petition may be validly filed |
26 |
| shall apply to such
petition, in addition to the filing |
27 |
| deadlines specified in this Section
for submission at a |
28 |
| particular election. In the case of any back door
referendum, |
29 |
| the publication of the ordinance or resolution of the political
|
30 |
| subdivision shall include a notice of (1) the specific number |
31 |
| of voters
required to sign a petition requesting that a public |
32 |
| question be submitted
to the voters of the subdivision; (2) the |
33 |
| time within which the petition must
be filed; and (3) the date |
34 |
| of the prospective referendum. The secretary or
clerk of the |
35 |
| political subdivision shall provide a petition form to any
|
36 |
| individual requesting one. The legal sufficiency of that form, |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 3 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| if provided by the secretary or clerk of the political |
2 |
| subdivision, cannot be the basis of a challenge to placing the |
3 |
| back door referendum on the ballot. As used herein, a "back |
4 |
| door
referendum" is the submission of a public question to the |
5 |
| voters of a
political subdivision, initiated by a petition of |
6 |
| voters or residents of
such political subdivision, to determine |
7 |
| whether an action by the
governing body of such subdivision |
8 |
| shall be adopted or rejected.
|
9 |
| (g) A petition for the incorporation or formation of a new
|
10 |
| political subdivision whose officers are to be elected rather |
11 |
| than appointed
must have attached to it an affidavit attesting |
12 |
| that at least 108 days and
no more than 138 days prior to such |
13 |
| election notice of intention to file
such petition was |
14 |
| published in a newspaper published within the proposed
|
15 |
| political subdivision, or if none, in a newspaper of general |
16 |
| circulation
within the territory of the proposed political |
17 |
| subdivision in substantially
the following form:
|
18 |
| NOTICE OF PETITION TO FORM A NEW........
|
19 |
| Residents of the territory described below are notified |
20 |
| that a petition
will or has been filed in the Office |
21 |
| of............requesting a referendum
to establish a |
22 |
| new........, to be called the............
|
23 |
| *The officers of the new...........will be elected on the |
24 |
| same day as the
referendum. Candidates for the governing board |
25 |
| of the new......may file
nominating petitions with the officer |
26 |
| named above until...........
|
27 |
| The territory proposed to comprise the new........is |
28 |
| described as follows:
|
29 |
| (description of territory included in petition)
|
30 |
| (signature)....................................
|
31 |
| Name and address of person or persons proposing
|
32 |
| the new political subdivision.
|
33 |
| * Where applicable.
|
34 |
| Failure to file such affidavit, or failure to publish the |
35 |
| required notice
with the correct information contained therein |
36 |
| shall render the petition,
and any referendum held pursuant to |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 4 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| such petition, null and void.
|
2 |
| Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this |
3 |
| subsection (g) or any
other provisions of this Code, the |
4 |
| publication of notice and affidavit
requirements of this |
5 |
| subsection (g) shall not apply to any petition filed
under |
6 |
| Article 7 or 11E , 7A, 11A, 11B, or 11D of the School Code nor to |
7 |
| any
referendum
held pursuant to any such petition, and neither |
8 |
| any petition filed under
any of those Articles nor any |
9 |
| referendum held pursuant to any such petition
shall be rendered |
10 |
| null and void because of the failure to file an affidavit
or |
11 |
| publish a notice with respect to the petition or referendum as |
12 |
| required
under this subsection (g) for petitions that are not |
13 |
| filed under any of
those Articles of the School Code.
|
14 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-30, eff. 6-14-05; 94-578, eff. 8-12-05; |
15 |
| revised 8-19-05.)
|
16 |
| Section 10. The School Code is amended by changing Sections |
17 |
| 1B-21, 5-32, 7-02, 7-6, 7-11, 9-11.2, 9-12, 10-10, 10-11, |
18 |
| 10-16, 10-21.12, 11C-6, 11C-9, 17-2, 17-3, 17-5, 18-8.05, and |
19 |
| 19-1 and by adding Section 10-10.5 and Article 11E as follows:
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/1B-21)
|
21 |
| Sec. 1B-21. Dissolution and annexation. Any school |
22 |
| district that before
the effective date of this amendatory Act |
23 |
| of 1994 has received approval from
its regional board of school |
24 |
| trustees to dissolve and annex to an adjoining
district and |
25 |
| that has had the appointment of a Financial Oversight Panel |
26 |
| under
this Article 1B to assist its continued operation during |
27 |
| the appeal of the
decision of the regional board of school |
28 |
| trustees shall be dissolved and
annexed to the adjoining |
29 |
| district approved in the decision of the regional
board of |
30 |
| school trustees, effective July 1, 1994. Except as otherwise |
31 |
| provided
by this amendatory Act of 1994, the dissolution and |
32 |
| annexation shall be
governed by Article 7 of the School Code |
33 |
| and be treated as if the dissolution
and annexation had taken |
34 |
| effect
pursuant to the decision of the regional board of school |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 5 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| trustees. The
annexing district's supplementary State aid |
2 |
| payable under Section 11E-115
18-8.3 of this
the
School Code |
3 |
| shall be calculated as of June 30 prior to the date of the |
4 |
| decision
of the regional board of school trustees.
|
5 |
| (Source: P.A. 88-535.)
|
6 |
| (105 ILCS 5/5-32) (from Ch. 122, par. 5-32)
|
7 |
| Sec. 5-32. Failure to maintain schools - Transportation and |
8 |
| tuition. If any school district other than a non-high school |
9 |
| district shall for 1
year fail to maintain within the |
10 |
| boundaries of the school district a
recognized public school as |
11 |
| required by law, such district shall become
automatically |
12 |
| dissolved and the property and territory of such district
shall |
13 |
| be disposed of in the manner provided for the disposal of
|
14 |
| territory and property in Section 7-11 of this Act. However, a |
15 |
| school
district shall not be dissolved where the State Board of |
16 |
| Education and the
regional superintendent of the region in |
17 |
| which a
district has legally authorized the building of a |
18 |
| school and legally
selected a school house site and has issued |
19 |
| bonds for such building
shall jointly find and certify that |
20 |
| such building has been authorized,
site selected and bonds |
21 |
| issued.
|
22 |
| If a district has its territory included within a petition |
23 |
| to form a
community unit district under Article 11E
11 of this |
24 |
| Code
Act , that district may
not be dissolved under this Section |
25 |
| until the end of the school year in
which all proceedings |
26 |
| relating to formation of that community unit
district are |
27 |
| finally concluded, whether by disallowance of the petition,
by |
28 |
| referendum, by a final court decision or otherwise. Until such
|
29 |
| proceedings are finally concluded, the regional superintendent |
30 |
| having
jurisdiction of the district that is not maintaining a |
31 |
| recognized school
shall assign the pupils of that district to |
32 |
| an adjoining school
district, subject to Section 11-12 of this |
33 |
| Act and subject to the
requirement that the district from which |
34 |
| the pupils are so assigned
shall pay tuition for such pupils to |
35 |
| the district to which the pupils
are assigned, in accordance |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 6 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| with Section 10-20.12a of this Act or in
such lesser amount as |
2 |
| may be agreed to by the 2 districts.
|
3 |
| However, until July 1, 1969 or one year after the entry of |
4 |
| a final
decision by a court of competent jurisdiction in the |
5 |
| event of litigation
with respect to any of the matters set |
6 |
| forth in this Section, whichever
is the later, notwithstanding |
7 |
| the provisions of this Section, any
protectorate high school |
8 |
| district composed of contiguous and compact
territory having |
9 |
| not less than 2,000 inhabitants and which has an
equalized |
10 |
| assessed valuation of not less than $6,000,000, shall be and
|
11 |
| remain a protectorate high school district if a majority of the |
12 |
| pupils
attend a high school in a special charter district |
13 |
| maintaining grades 1
through 12 and if during that period the |
14 |
| voters of the district, by
referendum to be ordered by the |
15 |
| board, vote in favor of the proposition that
such district |
16 |
| maintain and operate a high school within such district,
and |
17 |
| also authorize the purchase of a school site, the building of a
|
18 |
| school building and the issuance of bonds for such purpose, |
19 |
| which bonds
are duly issued. The Board shall certify the |
20 |
| proposition to the proper
election authorities for submission, |
21 |
| in accordance with the general
election law.
|
22 |
| The proposition to maintain and operate a high school |
23 |
| within such
district shall be in substantially the following |
24 |
| form:
|
25 |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
|
26 |
| Shall ......................
|
27 |
| High School District Number ......, YES
|
28 |
| ........... County, Illinois,
|
29 |
| maintain and operate a high school ------------------------
|
30 |
| within that High School
|
31 |
| District and for the benefit NO
|
32 |
| of the pupils residing therein?
|
33 |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
|
34 |
| and is approved if a majority of the voters voting on the |
35 |
| proposition is
in favor thereof. The proposition of purchasing |
36 |
| a school site, the
building of a school building and the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 7 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| issuance of bonds for such purpose
shall be submitted to the |
2 |
| voters and may be voted upon at the same election
that the |
3 |
| proposition of maintaining and operating a high school within |
4 |
| the
district is submitted or at any regularly scheduled |
5 |
| election subsequent
thereto as may be
ordered by the board. |
6 |
| Thereupon, that protectorate high school
district shall |
7 |
| thereafter exist as a community high school district and
|
8 |
| possess and enjoy all of the powers, duties and authorities of |
9 |
| a
community high school district organized under Article 12 of |
10 |
| this Act.
|
11 |
| Throughout its existence as a protectorate district and |
12 |
| until the
legal voters residing in the district have determined |
13 |
| to maintain and
operate a high school within the district and |
14 |
| have been authorized to
purchase a school site, build a school |
15 |
| building and to issue bonds for
such purpose and which bonds |
16 |
| are duly issued, or until the dissolution
of the district as |
17 |
| required by this Section, such protectorate district
may use |
18 |
| its funds to pay for the tuition and transportation of the
|
19 |
| pupils in such district that attend a high school in a special |
20 |
| charter
district maintaining grades 1 through 12. A |
21 |
| protectorate high school
district is defined to be a district |
22 |
| which does not own or operate its
own school buildings.
|
23 |
| (Source: P.A. 81-1550 .)
|
24 |
| (105 ILCS 5/7-02) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-02)
|
25 |
| Sec. 7-02. Limitations. The provisions of this Article |
26 |
| providing for
the change in school district boundaries by |
27 |
| detachment, annexation,
division or dissolution, or by any |
28 |
| combination of those methods, are
subject to the provisions of |
29 |
| this Section. Whenever due to fire,
explosion, tornado or any |
30 |
| Act of God the school buildings or one or more of
the principal |
31 |
| school buildings comprising an attendance center within a
|
32 |
| school district are destroyed or substantially destroyed and |
33 |
| rendered unfit
for school purposes, the provisions of this |
34 |
| Article shall not be available
to permit a division of that |
35 |
| district, or a dissolution, detachment or
annexation of any |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 8 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| part thereof, or any combination of such
results during a |
2 |
| period from the date of such destruction or substantial
|
3 |
| destruction until 30 days after the second regular election of |
4 |
| board
members following such destruction or substantial |
5 |
| destruction. Nothing in
this Section shall be deemed to |
6 |
| prohibit the combining of the entire
district with another |
7 |
| entire district or with other entire districts during
such |
8 |
| period pursuant to the provisions of Article 11E
11A or 11B .
|
9 |
| (Source: P.A. 85-833.)
|
10 |
| (105 ILCS 5/7-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-6)
|
11 |
| Sec. 7-6. Petition filing; Notice; Hearing; Decision.
|
12 |
| (a) Upon the filing of a petition with the secretary of the |
13 |
| regional board
of school trustees under the provisions of |
14 |
| Section 7-1 or 7-2 of this
Act the secretary shall cause a copy |
15 |
| of such petition to be given to
each board of any district |
16 |
| involved in the proposed boundary change and
shall cause a |
17 |
| notice thereof to be published once in a newspaper having
|
18 |
| general circulation within the area of the territory described |
19 |
| in the
petition for the proposed change of boundaries.
|
20 |
| (b) When a joint hearing is required under the provisions |
21 |
| of Section
7-2, the secretary also shall cause a copy of the |
22 |
| notice to be sent to the
regional board of school trustees of |
23 |
| each region affected. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions |
24 |
| of this Section, if the secretary of the regional
board of |
25 |
| school trustees with whom a petition is filed under Section 7-2 |
26 |
| fails,
within 30 days after the filing of such petition, to |
27 |
| cause notice thereof
to be published and sent as required by |
28 |
| this Section, then the secretary of
the regional board of |
29 |
| school trustees of any other region affected may
cause the |
30 |
| required notice to be published and sent, and the joint hearing
|
31 |
| may be held in any region affected as provided in the notice so
|
32 |
| published.
|
33 |
| (b-5) If a petition filed under subsection (a) of Section |
34 |
| 7-1 or under
Section 7-2 proposes to annex all the territory of |
35 |
| a school district to another
school district, the petition |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 9 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| shall request the
submission of a proposition at a regular |
2 |
| scheduled election for the purpose of
voting for or against the |
3 |
| annexation of the
territory described in the petition to the |
4 |
| school district proposing to annex
that territory. No petition |
5 |
| filed or election held under this Article shall be
null and |
6 |
| void, invalidated, or deemed in noncompliance with the Election |
7 |
| Code
because of a failure to publish a notice with respect to |
8 |
| the petition or
referendum as required under subsection (g) of |
9 |
| Section 28-2 of that Code for
petitions that are not filed |
10 |
| under this Article or Article 11E
7A, 11A, 11B, or 11D
of this
|
11 |
| the School Code.
|
12 |
| (c) When a petition contains more than 10 signatures the |
13 |
| petition shall
designate a committee of 10 of the petitioners |
14 |
| as attorney in fact for all
petitioners, any 7 of whom may make |
15 |
| binding stipulations on behalf of all
petitioners as to any |
16 |
| question with respect to the petition or hearing or
joint |
17 |
| hearing, and the regional board of school trustees, or regional
|
18 |
| boards of school trustees in cases of a joint hearing may |
19 |
| accept such
stipulation in lieu of evidence or proof of the |
20 |
| matter stipulated. The
committee of petitioners shall have the |
21 |
| same power to stipulate to
accountings or waiver thereof |
22 |
| between school districts; however, the
regional board of school |
23 |
| trustees, or regional boards of school trustees in
cases of a |
24 |
| joint hearing may refuse to accept such stipulation.
Those |
25 |
| designated as the committee of 10 shall serve in that capacity |
26 |
| until
such time as the regional superintendent of schools or |
27 |
| the committee of 10
determines that, because of death, |
28 |
| resignation, transfer of residency from the
territory, or |
29 |
| failure to qualify, the office of a particular member of the
|
30 |
| committee of 10 is vacant. Upon determination that a vacancy |
31 |
| exists, the
remaining members shall appoint a petitioner to |
32 |
| fill the designated vacancy on
the committee of 10. The |
33 |
| appointment of any new members by the committee of 10
shall be |
34 |
| made by a simple majority vote of the remaining designated |
35 |
| members.
|
36 |
| (d) The petition may be amended to withdraw not to exceed a |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 10 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| total of 10%
of the territory in the petition at any time prior |
2 |
| to the hearing or joint
hearing; provided that the petition |
3 |
| shall after amendment comply with the
requirements as to the |
4 |
| number of signatures required on an original petition.
|
5 |
| (e) The petitioners shall pay the expenses of publishing |
6 |
| the notice and
of any transcript taken at the hearing or joint |
7 |
| hearing; and in case of an
appeal from the decision of the |
8 |
| regional board of school trustees, or
regional boards of school |
9 |
| trustees in cases of a joint hearing, or State
Superintendent |
10 |
| of Education in cases determined under subsection (l) of
this |
11 |
| Section, the appellants shall pay the cost of preparing the |
12 |
| record
for appeal.
|
13 |
| (f) The notice shall state when the petition was filed, the |
14 |
| description
of the territory, the prayer of the petition and |
15 |
| the return day on which
the hearing or joint hearing upon the |
16 |
| petition will be held which shall not
be more than 15 nor less |
17 |
| than 10 days after the publication of notice.
|
18 |
| (g) On such return day or on a day to which the regional |
19 |
| board of school
trustees, or regional boards of school trustees |
20 |
| in cases of a joint
hearing shall continue the hearing or joint |
21 |
| hearing the regional board of
school trustees, or regional |
22 |
| boards of school trustees in cases of a joint
hearing shall |
23 |
| hear the petition but may adjourn the hearing or joint
hearing |
24 |
| from time to time or may continue the matter for want of |
25 |
| sufficient
notice or other good cause.
|
26 |
| (h) Prior to the hearing or joint hearing the secretary of |
27 |
| the regional
board of school trustees shall submit to the |
28 |
| regional board of school trustees,
or regional boards of school |
29 |
| trustees in cases of a joint hearing maps showing
the districts |
30 |
| involved, a written report of financial and educational
|
31 |
| conditions of districts involved and the probable effect of the |
32 |
| proposed
changes. The reports and maps submitted shall be made |
33 |
| a part of the record of
the proceedings of the regional board |
34 |
| of school trustees, or regional boards of
school trustees in |
35 |
| cases of a joint hearing. A copy of the report and maps
|
36 |
| submitted shall be sent by the secretary of the regional board |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 11 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| of school
trustees to each board of the districts involved, not |
2 |
| less than 5 days prior to
the day upon which the hearing or |
3 |
| joint hearing is to be held.
|
4 |
| (i) The regional board of school trustees, or regional |
5 |
| boards of school
trustees in cases of a joint hearing shall |
6 |
| hear evidence as to the school
needs and conditions of the |
7 |
| territory in the area within and adjacent
thereto and as to the |
8 |
| ability of the districts affected to meet the
standards of |
9 |
| recognition as prescribed by the State Board of Education, and
|
10 |
| shall take into consideration the division of funds and assets |
11 |
| which will
result from the change of boundaries and shall |
12 |
| determine whether it is to
the best interests of the schools of |
13 |
| the area and the educational welfare
of the pupils that such |
14 |
| change in boundaries be granted, and in case
non-high school |
15 |
| territory is contained in the petition the normal high
school |
16 |
| attendance pattern of the children shall be taken into
|
17 |
| consideration. If the non-high school territory overlies an |
18 |
| elementary
district, a part of which is in a high school |
19 |
| district, such territory may
be annexed to such high school |
20 |
| district even though not contiguous to the
high school |
21 |
| district. However, upon resolution by the regional board of
|
22 |
| school trustees, or regional boards of school trustees in cases |
23 |
| of a joint
hearing the secretary or secretaries thereof shall |
24 |
| conduct the hearing or
joint hearing upon any boundary petition |
25 |
| and present a transcript of such
hearing to the trustees who |
26 |
| shall base their decision upon the transcript,
maps and |
27 |
| information and any presentation of counsel.
|
28 |
| (j) At the hearing or joint hearing any resident of the |
29 |
| territory described
in the petition or any resident in any |
30 |
| district affected by the proposed change
of boundaries may |
31 |
| appear in person or by an attorney in support of the
petition |
32 |
| or to object to the granting of the petition and may present
|
33 |
| evidence in support of his position.
|
34 |
| (k) At the conclusion of the hearing, other than a joint |
35 |
| hearing,
the regional superintendent of schools as ex officio |
36 |
| member of the regional
board of school trustees shall within 30 |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 12 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| days enter an order either
granting or denying the petition and |
2 |
| shall deliver to the committee of
petitioners, if any, and any |
3 |
| person who has filed his appearance in
writing at the hearing |
4 |
| and any attorney who appears for any person and
any objector |
5 |
| who testifies at the hearing and the regional superintendent
of |
6 |
| schools a certified copy of its order.
|
7 |
| (l) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this |
8 |
| Section, if
within 9 months after a petition is submitted under |
9 |
| the provisions of
Section 7-1 the petition is not approved or |
10 |
| denied by the regional board of
school trustees and the order |
11 |
| approving or denying that petition entered and
a copy thereof |
12 |
| served as provided in this Section, the school boards or
|
13 |
| registered voters of the districts affected that submitted the |
14 |
| petition (or
the committee of 10, or an attorney acting on its |
15 |
| behalf, if designated
in the petition) may submit a copy of the |
16 |
| petition directly to the State
Superintendent of Education for |
17 |
| approval or denial. The copy of the petition
as so submitted |
18 |
| shall be accompanied by a record of all proceedings had with
|
19 |
| respect to the petition up to the time the copy of the petition |
20 |
| is submitted to
the State Superintendent of Education |
21 |
| (including a copy of any notice given or
published, any |
22 |
| certificate or other proof of publication, copies of any maps |
23 |
| or
written report of the financial and educational conditions |
24 |
| of the school
districts affected if furnished by the secretary |
25 |
| of the regional board of
school trustees, copies of any |
26 |
| amendments to the petition and stipulations
made, accepted or |
27 |
| refused, a transcript of any hearing or part of a hearing
held, |
28 |
| continued or adjourned on the petition, and any orders entered |
29 |
| with
respect to the petition or any hearing held thereon). The |
30 |
| school boards,
registered voters or committee of 10 submitting |
31 |
| the petition and record of
proceedings to the State |
32 |
| Superintendent of Education shall give written notice
by |
33 |
| certified mail, return receipt requested to the regional board |
34 |
| of school
trustees and to the secretary of that board that the |
35 |
| petition has been
submitted to the State Superintendent of |
36 |
| Education for approval or denial, and
shall furnish a copy of |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 13 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the notice so given to the State Superintendent of
Education. |
2 |
| The cost of assembling the record of proceedings for submission |
3 |
| to
the State Superintendent of Education shall be the |
4 |
| responsibility of the school
boards, registered voters or |
5 |
| committee of 10 that submits the petition and
record of |
6 |
| proceedings to the State Superintendent of Education. When a
|
7 |
| petition is submitted to the State Superintendent of Education |
8 |
| in accordance
with the provisions of this paragraph:
|
9 |
| (1) The regional board of school trustees loses all |
10 |
| jurisdiction over
the petition and shall have no further |
11 |
| authority to hear, approve, deny
or otherwise act with |
12 |
| respect to the petition.
|
13 |
| (2) All jurisdiction over the petition and the right |
14 |
| and duty to hear,
approve, deny or otherwise act with |
15 |
| respect to the petition is transferred
to and shall be |
16 |
| assumed and exercised by the State Superintendent of |
17 |
| Education.
|
18 |
| (3) The State Superintendent of Education shall not be |
19 |
| required to repeat
any proceedings that were conducted in |
20 |
| accordance with the provisions of
this Section prior to the |
21 |
| time jurisdiction over the petition is transferred
to him, |
22 |
| but the State Superintendent of Education shall be required |
23 |
| to give
and publish any notices and hold or complete any |
24 |
| hearings that were
not given, held or completed by the |
25 |
| regional board of school trustees or
its secretary as |
26 |
| required by this Section prior to the time jurisdiction
|
27 |
| over the petition is transferred to the State |
28 |
| Superintendent of Education.
|
29 |
| (4) If so directed by the State Superintendent of |
30 |
| Education, the regional
superintendent of schools shall |
31 |
| submit to the State Superintendent of
Education and to such |
32 |
| school boards as the State Superintendent of Education
|
33 |
| shall prescribe accurate maps and a written report of the |
34 |
| financial and
educational conditions of the districts |
35 |
| affected and the probable effect of
the proposed boundary |
36 |
| changes.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 14 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (5) The State Superintendent is authorized to conduct |
2 |
| further
hearings, or appoint a hearing officer to conduct |
3 |
| further hearings,
on the petition even though a hearing |
4 |
| thereon was held as provided in this
Section prior to the |
5 |
| time jurisdiction over the petition is transferred to
the |
6 |
| State Superintendent of Education.
|
7 |
| (6) The State Superintendent of Education or the |
8 |
| hearing officer shall
hear evidence and approve or deny the |
9 |
| petition and shall enter an order to that
effect and |
10 |
| deliver and serve the same as required in other cases to be |
11 |
| done by
the regional board of school trustees and the |
12 |
| regional superintendent of
schools as an ex officio member |
13 |
| of that board.
|
14 |
| (m) Within 10 days after the conclusion of a joint hearing |
15 |
| required under
the provisions of Section 7-2, each regional |
16 |
| board of school trustees shall
meet together and render a |
17 |
| decision with regard to the joint hearing on the
petition. If |
18 |
| the regional boards of school trustees fail to enter a joint
|
19 |
| order either granting or denying the petition, the regional |
20 |
| superintendent
of schools for the educational service region in |
21 |
| which the joint hearing is
held shall enter an order denying |
22 |
| the petition, and within 30 days after the
conclusion of the |
23 |
| joint hearing shall deliver a copy of the order denying the
|
24 |
| petition to the regional boards of school trustees of each |
25 |
| region affected,
to the committee of petitioners, if any, to |
26 |
| any person who has filed his
appearance in writing at the |
27 |
| hearing and to any attorney who appears for
any person at the |
28 |
| joint hearing. If the regional boards of school trustees
enter |
29 |
| a joint order either granting or denying the petition, the |
30 |
| regional
superintendent of schools for the educational service |
31 |
| region in which the
joint hearing is held shall, within 30 days |
32 |
| of the conclusion of the
hearing, deliver a copy of the joint |
33 |
| order to those same committees and
persons as are entitled to |
34 |
| receive copies of the regional superintendent's
order in cases |
35 |
| where the regional boards of school trustees have failed to
|
36 |
| enter a joint order.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 15 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (n) Within 10 days after service of a copy of the order |
2 |
| granting or
denying the petition, any person so served may |
3 |
| petition for a rehearing
and, upon sufficient cause being |
4 |
| shown, a rehearing may be granted. The
filing of a petition for |
5 |
| rehearing shall operate as a stay of enforcement
until the |
6 |
| regional board of school trustees, or regional boards of school
|
7 |
| trustees in cases of a joint hearing, or State Superintendent |
8 |
| of Education
in cases determined under subsection (l) of this |
9 |
| Section enter the final
order on such petition for rehearing.
|
10 |
| (o) If a petition filed under subsection (a) of Section 7-1 |
11 |
| or under
Section 7-2 is required under the provisions of |
12 |
| subsection (b-5) of this
Section 7-6 to request submission of a |
13 |
| proposition at a regular scheduled
election for the purpose of |
14 |
| voting for or against the annexation of the
territory described |
15 |
| in the petition to the
school district proposing to annex that |
16 |
| territory, and if the petition is
granted or approved by the |
17 |
| regional board or regional boards of school trustees
or by the |
18 |
| State Superintendent of Education, the proposition shall be |
19 |
| placed on
the ballot at the next regular scheduled election.
|
20 |
| (Source: P.A. 90-459, eff. 8-17-97.)
|
21 |
| (105 ILCS 5/7-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-11)
|
22 |
| Sec. 7-11. Annexation of dissolved non-operating |
23 |
| districts. If any school district has become dissolved as |
24 |
| provided in Section 5-32,
or if a petition for dissolution is |
25 |
| filed under subsection (b) of
Section 7-2a, the regional board |
26 |
| of school trustees shall attach the
territory of such
dissolved |
27 |
| district to one or more districts and, if the territory is |
28 |
| added
to 2 or more districts, shall divide the property of the |
29 |
| dissolved
district among the districts to which its territory |
30 |
| is added, in the manner
provided for the division of property |
31 |
| in case of the organization of a new
district from a part of |
32 |
| another district.
The regional board of school trustees of the |
33 |
| region in which the regional
superintendent has supervision |
34 |
| over the school district that is dissolved
shall have all power |
35 |
| necessary to annex the territory of the dissolved
district as |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 16 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| provided in this Section, including the power to attach the
|
2 |
| territory to a school district under the supervision of the |
3 |
| regional
superintendent of another educational service region. |
4 |
| The annexation of
the territory of a dissolved school district |
5 |
| under this Section shall
entitle the school districts involved |
6 |
| in the annexation to payments from
the State Board of Education |
7 |
| under subsection (A)(5)(m) of Section
18-8 or subsection (I) of |
8 |
| Section 18-8.05 and under Sections 18-8.2 and
18-8.3 in the |
9 |
| same manner and to the same extent
authorized in the case of |
10 |
| other annexations under this Article. Other
provisions of this |
11 |
| Article 7 of The School Code shall apply to and govern
|
12 |
| dissolutions and annexations under this Section and Section |
13 |
| 7-2a, except
that it is the intent of the General Assembly that |
14 |
| in the case of conflict the
provisions of this Section and |
15 |
| Section 7-2a shall control over the other
provisions of this |
16 |
| Article.
|
17 |
| The regional board of school trustees shall give notice of
|
18 |
| a hearing, to be held not less than 50 days nor more than 70 |
19 |
| days after a
school district is dissolved under Section 5-32 or |
20 |
| a petition is filed
under subsection (b) of Section 7-2a, on
|
21 |
| the disposition of the territory of such school district by |
22 |
| publishing a
notice thereof at least once each week for 2 |
23 |
| successive weeks in at least
one newspaper having a general |
24 |
| circulation within the area of the territory
involved. At such |
25 |
| hearing, the regional board of school trustees shall hear
|
26 |
| evidence as to the school needs and conditions of the territory |
27 |
| and of the
area within and adjacent thereto, and shall take |
28 |
| into consideration the
educational welfare of the pupils of the |
29 |
| territory and the normal high
school attendance pattern of the |
30 |
| children. In the case of an elementary
school district if all |
31 |
| the eighth grade graduates of such district
customarily attend |
32 |
| high school in the same high school district, the
regional |
33 |
| board of school trustees shall, unless it be
impossible because |
34 |
| of the
restrictions of a special charter district, annex the |
35 |
| territory of the
district to a contiguous elementary school |
36 |
| district whose eighth grade
graduates customarily attend that |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 17 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| high school, and that has an elementary
school building nearest |
2 |
| to the center of the territory to be annexed, but
if such |
3 |
| eighth grade graduates customarily attend more than one high |
4 |
| school
the regional board of school trustees shall determine |
5 |
| the
attendance pattern
of such graduates and divide the |
6 |
| territory of the district among the
contiguous elementary |
7 |
| districts whose graduates attend the same respective
high |
8 |
| schools.
|
9 |
| The decision of the regional board of school trustees in
|
10 |
| such matter shall be issued within 10 days after the conclusion |
11 |
| of the
hearing and deemed an "administrative decision" as |
12 |
| defined in
Section 3-101 of the
Code of Civil Procedure and any |
13 |
| resident who appears at the hearing
or any petitioner may |
14 |
| within 10 days after a copy of the decision sought
to be |
15 |
| reviewed was served by registered mail upon the party affected
|
16 |
| thereby file a complaint for the judicial review of
such |
17 |
| decision in accordance with the "Administrative Review Law", |
18 |
| and all
amendments and modifications thereof and the rules |
19 |
| adopted pursuant
thereto. The commencement of any action for |
20 |
| review shall operate as a stay
of enforcement, and no further |
21 |
| proceedings shall be had until final
disposition of such |
22 |
| review.
The final decision of the regional board of school |
23 |
| trustees or of any
court upon judicial review shall become |
24 |
| effective under Section 7-9 in the
case of a petition for |
25 |
| dissolution filed under subsection (b) of Section
7-2a, and a |
26 |
| final decision shall become effective immediately following |
27 |
| the
date no further appeal is allowable in the case of a |
28 |
| district dissolved
under Section 5-32.
|
29 |
| Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section |
30 |
| or any other
provision of law to the contrary, the school board |
31 |
| of the Mt. Morris School
District is authorized to donate to |
32 |
| the City of Mount Morris, Illinois the
school building and |
33 |
| other real property used as a school site by the Mt. Morris
|
34 |
| School District at the time of its dissolution, by appropriate |
35 |
| resolution
adopted by the school board of the district prior to |
36 |
| the dissolution of the
district; and upon the adoption of a |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 18 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| resolution by the school board donating
the school building and |
2 |
| school site to the City of Mount Morris, Illinois as
authorized |
3 |
| by this Section, the regional board of school trustees or other
|
4 |
| school officials holding legal title to the school building and |
5 |
| school site so
donated shall immediately convey the same to the |
6 |
| City of Mt. Morris,
Illinois.
|
7 |
| (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98.)
|
8 |
| (105 ILCS 5/9-11.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 9-11.2)
|
9 |
| Sec. 9-11.2. For all school districts electing candidates |
10 |
| to a board
of education in a manner other than at large, |
11 |
| candidates not elected at
large who file
nominating petitions |
12 |
| for a full term shall be grouped together by area of
residence |
13 |
| as follows:
|
14 |
| (1) by congressional townships, or
|
15 |
| (2) according to incorporated or unincorporated areas.
|
16 |
| For all school districts electing candidates to a board of |
17 |
| education in a
manner other than at large, candidates not |
18 |
| elected at large who file
nominating petitions for an
unexpired |
19 |
| term shall be grouped together by area of residence as follows:
|
20 |
| (1) by congressional townships, or
|
21 |
| (2) according to incorporated or unincorporated areas.
|
22 |
| Candidate
groupings by area of residence for unexpired |
23 |
| terms shall precede the
candidate groupings by area of |
24 |
| residence for full terms on the ballot.
In all instances, |
25 |
| however,
the ballot order of each candidate grouping shall be |
26 |
| determined by the
order of petition filing or lottery held |
27 |
| pursuant to Section 9-11.1 in the
following manner:
|
28 |
| The area of residence of the candidate determined to be |
29 |
| first by order of
petition filing or by lottery shall be listed |
30 |
| first among the candidate
groupings on the ballot. All other |
31 |
| candidates from the same area of
residence will follow |
32 |
| according to order of petition filing or the lottery.
The area |
33 |
| of residence of the candidate determined to be second by the
|
34 |
| order of petition filing or the
lottery shall be listed second |
35 |
| among the candidate groupings on the ballot.
All other |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 19 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| candidates from the same area of residence will follow |
2 |
| according
to the order of petition filing or the lottery. The |
3 |
| ballot order of
additional candidate groupings by area of |
4 |
| residence shall be established in a
like manner.
|
5 |
| In any school district that elects its board members |
6 |
| according to area of
residence and that has one or more |
7 |
| unexpired terms to be filled at an election,
the winner or |
8 |
| winners of the unexpired term or terms shall be determined |
9 |
| first
and independently of those running for full terms. The |
10 |
| winners of the full
terms shall then be determined taking into |
11 |
| consideration the areas of residence
of those elected to fill |
12 |
| the unexpired term or terms.
|
13 |
| "Area of Residence" means congressional township and
|
14 |
| incorporated and
unincorporated territories.
|
15 |
| "Affected school district" means either of the 2 entire |
16 |
| elementary school
districts that are formed into a combined |
17 |
| school district established as
provided in subsection (a-5)
of |
18 |
| Section 11B-7 .
|
19 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-1079, eff. 1-21-05.)
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/9-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 9-12)
|
21 |
| Sec. 9-12. Ballots for the election of school officers |
22 |
| shall be in one
of the following forms:
|
23 |
| (FORMAT 1
|
24 |
| Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the |
25 |
| order of
petition filing or lottery held pursuant to Section |
26 |
| 9-11.1.
|
27 |
| This format is used by Boards of School Directors. School |
28 |
| Directors are
elected at large.)
|
29 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
30 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF SCHOOL
|
31 |
| DIRECTORS TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
32 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
33 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
34 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 20 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
2 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF SCHOOL
|
3 |
| DIRECTORS TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
4 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
5 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
6 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
7 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
8 |
| (FORMAT 2
|
9 |
| Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the |
10 |
| order of
petition filing or lottery held pursuant to Section |
11 |
| 9-11.1.
|
12 |
| This format is used when school board members are elected |
13 |
| at large.
Membership on the school board is not restricted by |
14 |
| area of residence.
|
15 |
| Types of school districts generally using this format are:
|
16 |
| Common school districts;
|
17 |
| Community unit and community consolidated school districts |
18 |
| formed on or
after January 1, 1975;
|
19 |
| Community unit school districts formed prior to January 1, |
20 |
| 1975 that
elect board members at large and without restriction |
21 |
| by area of residence
within the district under subsection (c) |
22 |
| of Section 11A-8 (now repealed) ;
|
23 |
| Community unit, community consolidated and combined school |
24 |
| districts in which
more than 90% of the population is in one |
25 |
| congressional township;
|
26 |
| High school districts in which less than 15% of the taxable |
27 |
| property is
located in unincorporated territory; and unit |
28 |
| districts (OLD TYPE);
|
29 |
| Combined school districts formed on or after July 1, 1983;
|
30 |
| Combined school districts formed before July 1, 1983
and |
31 |
| community consolidated school districts that elect board
|
32 |
| members at large and without restriction by area of residence |
33 |
| within the
district under subsection (c) of Section 11B-7 (now |
34 |
| repealed) .)
|
35 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 21 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF
|
2 |
| EDUCATION TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
3 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
4 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
5 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
6 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
7 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF
|
8 |
| EDUCATION TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
9 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
10 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
11 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
12 |
| ( ) .......................................
|
13 |
| (FORMAT 3
|
14 |
| Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas |
15 |
| shall be
determined by the order of petition filing or lottery |
16 |
| held pursuant to
Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
17 |
| This format is used by community unit, community |
18 |
| consolidated and
combined school districts when the territory |
19 |
| is less than 2 congressional
townships, or 72 square miles, but |
20 |
| consists of more than one congressional
township, or 36 square |
21 |
| miles, outside of the corporate limits of any city,
village or |
22 |
| incorporated town within the school district. The School Code
|
23 |
| requires that not more than 5 board members shall be selected |
24 |
| from any
city, village or incorporated town in the school |
25 |
| district. At least two
board members must reside in the |
26 |
| unincorporated area of the school district.
|
27 |
| Except for those community unit school districts formed |
28 |
| before January 1,
1975 that elect board members at large and |
29 |
| without restriction by area
of residence within the district |
30 |
| under subsection (c) of Section 11A-8 (now repealed) and
except |
31 |
| for combined school districts formed before July 1, 1983 and |
32 |
| community
consolidated school districts that elect board |
33 |
| members at large and without
restriction by area of residence |
34 |
| within the district under subsection (c) of
Section 11B-7 (now |
35 |
| repealed) , this format applies to community unit and community |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 22 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| consolidated
school districts formed prior to January 1, 1975 |
2 |
| and combined school districts
formed prior to July 1, 1983.)
|
3 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
4 |
| Instructions to voter: The board of education shall be |
5 |
| composed of
members from both the incorporated and the |
6 |
| unincorporated area; not more
than 5 board members shall be |
7 |
| selected from any city, village or incorporated
town.
|
8 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, NOT MORE THAN |
9 |
| .... MAY BE ELECTED FROM THE INCORPORATED AREAS.
|
10 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
|
11 |
| TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
12 |
| THE AREA OF RESIDENCE OF THOSE ELECTED TO FILL UNEXPIRED TERMS |
13 |
| IS TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING THE WINNERS OF THE |
14 |
| FULL TERMS.
|
15 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
16 |
| ................... Area
|
17 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
18 |
| ( ) ........................... |
19 |
| ................... Area
|
20 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
21 |
| ( ) ........................... |
22 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
|
23 |
| TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
24 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
25 |
| ................... Area
|
26 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
27 |
| ( ) ........................... |
28 |
| ................... Area
|
29 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
30 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
31 |
| (FORMAT 4
|
32 |
| Ballot position for township areas shall be determined by |
33 |
| the order of
petition filing or lottery held pursuant to |
34 |
| Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 23 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| Except for those community unit school districts formed |
2 |
| prior to
January 1, 1975 that elect board members at large and |
3 |
| without restriction by
area of residence within the district |
4 |
| under subsection (c) of Section 11A-8
(now repealed) and except |
5 |
| for those combined school districts formed before July 1, 1983
|
6 |
| and community consolidated school districts
that elect board |
7 |
| members at large and without restriction by area of residence
|
8 |
| within the district under subsection (c) of Section 11B-7 (now |
9 |
| repealed) , this format
applies to community unit and community |
10 |
| consolidated school
districts formed prior to January 1, 1975 |
11 |
| and combined school districts
formed prior to July 1, 1983 when |
12 |
| the territory of the school district is
greater than 2 |
13 |
| congressional townships, or 72 square miles. This format
|
14 |
| applies only when less than 75% of the population is in one |
15 |
| congressional
township. Congressional townships of less than |
16 |
| 100 inhabitants shall not
be considered for the purpose of such |
17 |
| mandatory board representation. In
this case, not more than 3 |
18 |
| board members may be selected from any one
congressional |
19 |
| township.)
|
20 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
21 |
| Instructions to voter: Membership on the board of education |
22 |
| is restricted
to a maximum of 3 members from any congressional |
23 |
| township. |
24 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, MEMBERS MAY BE |
25 |
| ELECTED IN THE FOLLOWING NUMBERS FROM EACH CONGRESSIONAL |
26 |
| TOWNSHIP.
|
27 |
| NOT MORE THAN .... MAY BE ELECTED FROM TOWNSHIP .... RANGE |
28 |
| ....
|
29 |
| NOT MORE THAN .... MAY BE ELECTED FROM TOWNSHIP .... RANGE |
30 |
| ....
|
31 |
| NOT MORE THAN .... MAY BE ELECTED FROM TOWNSHIP .... RANGE |
32 |
| ....
|
33 |
| (Include each remaining congressional township in district |
34 |
| as needed)
|
35 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 24 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
2 |
| THE AREA OF RESIDENCE OF THOSE ELECTED TO FILL UNEXPIRED TERMS |
3 |
| IS TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING THE WINNERS OF THE |
4 |
| FULL TERMS.
|
5 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
6 |
| Township .............. Range ................
|
7 |
| ( ) ............................
|
8 |
| ( ) ............................
|
9 |
| Township .............. Range ................
|
10 |
| ( ) ............................
|
11 |
| ( ) ............................
|
12 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF
|
13 |
| EDUCATION TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
14 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
15 |
| Township .............. Range ................
|
16 |
| ( ) ............................
|
17 |
| ( ) ............................
|
18 |
| Township .............. Range ................
|
19 |
| ( ) ............................
|
20 |
| ( ) ............................
|
21 |
| (FORMAT 5
|
22 |
| Ballot position for township areas shall be determined by |
23 |
| the order of
petition filing or lottery held pursuant to |
24 |
| Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
25 |
| Except for those community unit school districts formed |
26 |
| before January 1,
1975 that elect board members at large and |
27 |
| without restriction by area of
residence within the district |
28 |
| under subsection (c) of Section 11A-8 (now repealed) and except
|
29 |
| for those combined school districts formed before July 1, 1983
|
30 |
| and community consolidated school districts
that elect board
|
31 |
| members at large and without restriction by area of residence |
32 |
| within the
district under subsection (c) of Section 11B-7 (now |
33 |
| repealed) , this format is used by
community unit and community |
34 |
| consolidated school
districts formed prior to January 1, 1975, |
35 |
| and
combined school districts formed prior to July 1, 1983, |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 25 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| when the territory
of the school district is
greater than 2 |
2 |
| congressional townships, or 72 square miles and when at
least |
3 |
| 75%, but not more than 90%, of the population resides in one
|
4 |
| congressional township. In this case, 4 school board members |
5 |
| shall be
selected from that one congressional township and the |
6 |
| 3 remaining board
members shall be selected from the rest of |
7 |
| the district. If a school district
from which school board |
8 |
| members are to be selected is located in a county under
|
9 |
| township organization and if the surveyed boundaries of a |
10 |
| congressional
township from which one or more of those school |
11 |
| board members is to be
selected, as described by township |
12 |
| number and range, are coterminous with the
boundaries of the |
13 |
| township as identified by the township name assigned to it as
a |
14 |
| political subdivision of the State, then that township may be |
15 |
| referred to on
the ballot by both its township name and by |
16 |
| township number and
range.)
|
17 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
18 |
| Instructions to voter: Membership on the board of education |
19 |
| is to consist
of 4 members from the congressional township that |
20 |
| has at least 75% but not
more than 90% of the population, and 3 |
21 |
| board members from the remaining
congressional townships in the |
22 |
| school district. |
23 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, MEMBERS MAY BE |
24 |
| ELECTED IN THE FOLLOWING NUMBERS FROM EACH CONGRESSIONAL |
25 |
| TOWNSHIP.
|
26 |
| FOR MEMBER OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
|
27 |
| TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
28 |
| FROM (name)........ TOWNSHIP ..... RANGE .....
|
29 |
| VOTE FOR ONE
|
30 |
| ( )..........................
|
31 |
| ( )..........................
|
32 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
|
33 |
| TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
34 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
35 |
| ..... shall be elected from (name)...... Township ..... Range
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 26 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ......
|
2 |
| (name)....... TOWNSHIP ..... RANGE .....
|
3 |
| ( ) ............................
|
4 |
| ( ) ............................
|
5 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
6 |
| ...... board members shall be elected from the remaining
|
7 |
| congressional townships.
|
8 |
| The Remaining Congressional Townships
|
9 |
| ( ) ............................
|
10 |
| ( ) ............................
|
11 |
| (FORMAT 6
|
12 |
| Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the |
13 |
| order of
petition filing or lottery held pursuant to Section |
14 |
| 9-11.1.
|
15 |
| This format is used by school districts in which voters |
16 |
| have approved a
referendum to elect school board members by |
17 |
| school board district. The
school district is then divided into |
18 |
| 7 school board districts, each of
which elects one member to |
19 |
| the board of education.)
|
20 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
21 |
| DISTRICT ....... (1 through 7)
|
22 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
23 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
24 |
| VOTE FOR ONE
|
25 |
| ( ) .....................................
|
26 |
| ( ) .....................................
|
27 |
| ( ) .....................................
|
28 |
| (-OR-) |
29 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
30 |
| DISTRICT ....... (1 through 7)
|
31 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
32 |
| A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
33 |
| VOTE FOR ONE
|
34 |
| ( ) .....................................
|
35 |
| ( ) .....................................
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 27 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ( ) .....................................
|
2 |
| REVERSE SIDE:
|
3 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
4 |
| DISTRICT ....... (1 through 7)
|
5 |
| (Precinct name or number)
|
6 |
| School District No. ......, ........... County, Illinois
|
7 |
| Election Tuesday (insert date)
|
8 |
| (facsimile signature of Election Authority)
|
9 |
| (County)
|
10 |
| (FORMAT 7
|
11 |
| Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas |
12 |
| shall be
determined by the order of petition filing or lottery |
13 |
| held pursuant to
Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
14 |
| This format is used by high school districts if more than |
15 |
| 15% but less
than 30% of the taxable property is located in the |
16 |
| unincorporated
territory of the school district. In this case, |
17 |
| at least one board member
shall be a resident of the |
18 |
| unincorporated territory.)
|
19 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
20 |
| Instructions to voter: More than 15% but less than 30% of |
21 |
| the taxable
property of this high school district is located in |
22 |
| the unincorporated
territory of the district, therefore, at |
23 |
| least one board member shall be a
resident of the |
24 |
| unincorporated areas.
|
25 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, AT LEAST ONE |
26 |
| MEMBER SHALL BE ELECTED FROM THE UNINCORPORATED AREA.
|
27 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
28 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
29 |
| THE AREA OF RESIDENCE OF THOSE ELECTED TO FILL UNEXPIRED TERMS |
30 |
| IS TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING THE WINNERS OF THE |
31 |
| FULL TERMS.
|
32 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
33 |
| ................... Area
|
34 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 28 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ( ) ........................... |
2 |
| ................... Area
|
3 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
4 |
| ( ) ........................... |
5 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
6 |
| A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
7 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
8 |
| ................... Area
|
9 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
10 |
| ( ) ........................... |
11 |
| ................... Area
|
12 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
13 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
14 |
| (FORMAT 7a
|
15 |
| Ballot position for candidates shall be
determined by the |
16 |
| order of petition filing or lottery held pursuant to
Sections |
17 |
| 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
18 |
| This format is used by high school districts if more than |
19 |
| 15% but less
than 30% of the taxable property is located in the |
20 |
| unincorporated territory
of the school district and on the |
21 |
| basis of existing board membership no
board member is required |
22 |
| to be elected from the unincorporated area.)
|
23 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
24 |
| Instruction to voter: More than 15% but less than 30% of |
25 |
| the taxable
property of this high school district is located in |
26 |
| the unincorporated
territory of the district, therefore, at |
27 |
| least one board member shall be a
resident of the |
28 |
| unincorporated areas.
|
29 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, MEMBERS MAY BE |
30 |
| ELECTED FROM ANY AREA OR AREAS.
|
31 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
32 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
33 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
34 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 29 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
2 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
3 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
4 |
| A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
5 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
6 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
7 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
8 |
| ( ) ........................................
|
9 |
| (FORMAT 8
|
10 |
| Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas |
11 |
| shall be
determined by the order of petition filing or lottery |
12 |
| held pursuant to
Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
13 |
| This format is used by high school districts if more than |
14 |
| 30% of the
taxable property is located in the unincorporated |
15 |
| territory of the school
district. In this case, at least two |
16 |
| board members shall be residents of
the unincorporated |
17 |
| territory.)
|
18 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
19 |
| Instructions to voters: Thirty percent (30%) or more of the |
20 |
| taxable
property of this high school district is located in the |
21 |
| unincorporated
territory of the district, therefore, at least |
22 |
| two board members shall be
residents of the unincorporated |
23 |
| territory.
|
24 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, AT LEAST 2 |
25 |
| MEMBERS SHALL BE ELECTED FROM THE UNINCORPORATED AREA.
|
26 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
27 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
28 |
| THE AREA OF RESIDENCE OF THOSE ELECTED TO FILL UNEXPIRED TERMS |
29 |
| IS TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING THE WINNERS OF THE |
30 |
| FULL TERMS.
|
31 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
32 |
| ................... Area
|
33 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
34 |
| ( ) ........................... |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 30 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ................... Area
|
2 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
3 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
4 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
5 |
| A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
6 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
7 |
| ................... Area
|
8 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
9 |
| ( ) ........................... |
10 |
| ................... Area
|
11 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
12 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
13 |
| (FORMAT 8a
|
14 |
| Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas |
15 |
| shall be
determined by the order of petition filing or lottery |
16 |
| held pursuant to
Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
17 |
| This format is used by high school districts if more than |
18 |
| 30% of the
taxable property is located in the unincorporated |
19 |
| territory of the school
district. In this case, at least two |
20 |
| board members shall be residents of
the unincorporated |
21 |
| territory.)
|
22 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
23 |
| Instructions to voters: Thirty percent (30%) or more of the |
24 |
| taxable
property of this high school district is located in the |
25 |
| unincorporated
territory of the district, therefore, at least |
26 |
| two board members shall be
residents of the unincorporated |
27 |
| territory.
|
28 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, AT LEAST ONE |
29 |
| MEMBER SHALL BE ELECTED FROM THE UNINCORPORATED AREA.
|
30 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
31 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
32 |
| THE AREA OF RESIDENCE OF THOSE ELECTED TO FILL UNEXPIRED TERMS |
33 |
| IS TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING THE WINNERS OF THE |
34 |
| FULL TERMS.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 31 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
2 |
| ................... Area
|
3 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
4 |
| ( ) ........................... |
5 |
| ................... Area
|
6 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
7 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
8 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
9 |
| A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
10 |
| VOTE FOR A TOTAL OF ....
|
11 |
| ................... Area
|
12 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
13 |
| ( ) ........................... |
14 |
| ................... Area
|
15 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
16 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
17 |
| (FORMAT 8b
|
18 |
| Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas |
19 |
| shall be
determined by the order of petition filing or lottery |
20 |
| held pursuant to
Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
|
21 |
| This format is used by high school districts if more than |
22 |
| 30% of the
taxable property is located in the unincorporated |
23 |
| territory of the school
district. In this case, at least two |
24 |
| board members shall be residents of
the unincorporated |
25 |
| territory.)
|
26 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT
|
27 |
| Instructions to voters: Thirty percent (30%) or more of the |
28 |
| taxable
property of this high school district is located in the |
29 |
| unincorporated
territory of the district, therefore, at least |
30 |
| two board members shall be
residents of the unincorporated |
31 |
| territory.
|
32 |
| ON THE BASIS OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERSHIP, MEMBERS MAY BE |
33 |
| ELECTED FROM ANY AREA OR AREAS.
|
34 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 32 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
|
2 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
3 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
4 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
5 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
6 |
| ( ) ........................... |
7 |
| FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
|
8 |
| A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
|
9 |
| VOTE FOR ....
|
10 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
11 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
12 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
13 |
| ( ) ...........................
|
14 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-706, eff. 7-9-04; 93-1079, eff. 1-21-05.)
|
15 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-10)
|
16 |
| Sec. 10-10. Board of education; Term; Vacancy. All school |
17 |
| districts
having a population of not fewer than 1,000 and not |
18 |
| more than 500,000
inhabitants, as ascertained by any special or |
19 |
| general census, and not
governed by special Acts, shall be |
20 |
| governed by a board of education
consisting of 7 members, |
21 |
| serving without compensation except as herein
provided. Each |
22 |
| member shall be elected for a term of 4 years except as
|
23 |
| otherwise provided in subsection (a-5) of Section 11B-7 for the |
24 |
| initial members
of the board of education of a combined school |
25 |
| district to which that
subsection applies. If 5 members are |
26 |
| elected in 1983 pursuant to the extension
of terms provided by
|
27 |
| law for transition to the consolidated election schedule under |
28 |
| the general
election law, 2 of those members shall be elected |
29 |
| to serve terms of 2 years
and 3 shall be elected to serve terms |
30 |
| of 4 years; their successors shall
serve for a 4 year term. |
31 |
| When the voters of a district have voted to elect
members of |
32 |
| the board of education for 6 year terms, as provided in Section
|
33 |
| 9-5, the terms of office of members of the board of education |
34 |
| of that
district expire when their successors assume office but |
35 |
| not later than 7
days after such election. If at the regular |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 33 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| school election held in the
first odd-numbered year after the |
2 |
| determination to elect members for 6 year
terms 2 members are |
3 |
| elected, they shall serve for a 6 year term; and of the
members |
4 |
| elected at the next regular school election 3 shall serve for a
|
5 |
| term of 6 years and 2 shall serve a term of 2 years. Thereafter |
6 |
| members
elected in such districts shall be elected to a 6 year |
7 |
| term. If at the
regular school election held in the first |
8 |
| odd-numbered year after the
determination to elect members for |
9 |
| 6 year terms 3 members are elected, they
shall serve for a 6 |
10 |
| year term; and of the members elected at the next
regular |
11 |
| school election 2 shall serve for a term of 2 years and 2 shall
|
12 |
| serve for a term of 6 years. Thereafter members elected in such |
13 |
| districts
shall be elected to a 6 year term. If at the regular |
14 |
| school election held
in the first odd-numbered year after the |
15 |
| determination to elect members for
6 year terms 4 members are |
16 |
| elected, 3 shall serve for a term of 6 years and
one shall |
17 |
| serve for a term of 2 years; and of the members elected at the
|
18 |
| next regular school election 2 shall serve for terms of 6 years |
19 |
| and 2 shall
serve for terms of 2 years. Thereafter members |
20 |
| elected in such districts
shall be elected to a 6 year term. If |
21 |
| at the regular school election held
in the first odd-numbered |
22 |
| year after the determination to elect members for
a 6 year term |
23 |
| 5 members are elected, 3 shall serve for a term of 6 years
and 2 |
24 |
| shall serve for a term of 2 years; and of the members elected |
25 |
| at the
next regular school election 2 shall serve for terms of |
26 |
| 6 years and 2 shall
serve for terms of 2 years. Thereafter |
27 |
| members elected in such districts
shall be elected to a 6 year |
28 |
| term. An election for board members shall not
be held in school |
29 |
| districts which by consolidation, annexation or otherwise
|
30 |
| shall cease to exist as a school district within 6 months after |
31 |
| the
election date, and the term of all board members which |
32 |
| would otherwise
terminate shall be continued until such |
33 |
| district shall cease to exist. Each
member, on the date of his |
34 |
| or her election, shall be a
citizen of the United
States of the |
35 |
| age of 18 years or over, shall be a resident of the State and
|
36 |
| the
territory of the district for at least one year immediately |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 34 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| preceding his or
her
election, shall be a registered voter as |
2 |
| provided in the general election
law,
shall not be a school |
3 |
| trustee or a school treasurer, and shall not be a child
sex |
4 |
| offender as defined in Section 11-9.3 of the
Criminal Code of |
5 |
| 1961. When the board of
education is the successor of the |
6 |
| school directors, all rights of property,
and all rights |
7 |
| regarding causes of action existing or vested in such
|
8 |
| directors, shall vest in it as fully as they were vested in the |
9 |
| school
directors. Terms of members are subject to Section 2A-54 |
10 |
| of the Election Code.
|
11 |
| Nomination papers filed under this Section are not valid |
12 |
| unless the candidate
named therein files with the secretary of |
13 |
| the board of education or with
a person designated by the board |
14 |
| to receive nominating petitions a receipt
from the county clerk |
15 |
| showing that the candidate has filed a statement of
economic |
16 |
| interests as required by the Illinois Governmental Ethics Act.
|
17 |
| Such receipt shall be so filed either previously during the |
18 |
| calendar year
in which his nomination papers were filed or |
19 |
| within the period for the filing
of nomination papers in |
20 |
| accordance with the general election law.
|
21 |
| Whenever a vacancy occurs, the remaining members shall |
22 |
| notify the
regional superintendent of that vacancy within 5 |
23 |
| days after its occurrence
and shall proceed to fill the vacancy |
24 |
| until the next regular school
election, at which election a |
25 |
| successor shall be elected to serve the
remainder of the |
26 |
| unexpired term. However, if the vacancy occurs with less
than |
27 |
| 868 days remaining in the term, or if the vacancy occurs
less |
28 |
| than 88
days before the next regularly scheduled election for |
29 |
| this office then the
person so appointed shall serve the |
30 |
| remainder of the unexpired term, and no
election to fill the |
31 |
| vacancy shall be held. Should they fail so to
act, within 45 |
32 |
| days after the vacancy occurs, the regional superintendent
of |
33 |
| schools under whose supervision and control the district is |
34 |
| operating,
as defined in Section 3-14.2 of this Act, shall |
35 |
| within 30 days after the
remaining members have failed to fill |
36 |
| the vacancy, fill the vacancy as
provided for herein. Upon the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 35 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| regional superintendent's failure to fill the
vacancy, the |
2 |
| vacancy shall be filled at the next regularly scheduled
|
3 |
| election. Whether elected or appointed by the remaining members |
4 |
| or regional
superintendent, the successor shall be an |
5 |
| inhabitant of the particular area
from which his or her |
6 |
| predecessor was elected if the residential requirements
|
7 |
| contained in Section 10-10.5
11A-8, 11B-7, or 12-2 of this Code
|
8 |
| Act apply.
|
9 |
| A board of education may appoint a student to the board to |
10 |
| serve in an advisory capacity. The student member shall serve |
11 |
| for a term as determined by the board. The board may not grant |
12 |
| the student member any voting privileges, but shall consider |
13 |
| the student member as an advisor. The student member may not |
14 |
| participate in or attend any executive session of the board.
|
15 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-309, eff. 1-1-04; 94-231, eff. 7-14-05.)
|
16 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-10.5 new) |
17 |
| Sec. 10-10.5. Community unit school district or combined |
18 |
| school district formation; school board election. |
19 |
| (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) of this |
20 |
| Section, for community unit school districts formed before |
21 |
| January 1, 1975 and for combined school districts formed before |
22 |
| July 1, 1983, the following provisions apply: |
23 |
| (1) if the territory of the district is greater than 2 |
24 |
| congressional townships or 72 square miles, then not more |
25 |
| than 3 board members may be selected from any one |
26 |
| congressional township, except that congressional |
27 |
| townships of less than 100 inhabitants shall not be |
28 |
| considered for the purpose of this mandatory board |
29 |
| representation; |
30 |
| (2) if in the community unit school district or |
31 |
| combined school district at least 75% but not more than 90% |
32 |
| of the population is in one congressional township, then 4 |
33 |
| board members shall be selected from the congressional |
34 |
| township and 3 board members shall be selected from the |
35 |
| rest of the district, except that if in the community unit |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 36 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| school district or combined school district more than 90% |
2 |
| of the population is in one congressional township, then |
3 |
| all board members may be selected from one or more |
4 |
| congressional townships; and |
5 |
| (3) if the territory of any community unit school |
6 |
| district or combined school district consists of not more |
7 |
| than 2 congressional townships or 72 square miles, but |
8 |
| consists of more than one congressional township or 36 |
9 |
| square miles, outside of the corporate limits of any city, |
10 |
| village, or incorporated town within the school district, |
11 |
| then not more than 5 board members may be selected from any |
12 |
| city, village, or incorporated town in the school district. |
13 |
| (b)(1) The provisions of subsection (a) of this Section for |
14 |
| mandatory board representation shall no longer apply to a |
15 |
| community unit school district formed before January 1, 1975, |
16 |
| to a combined school district formed before July 1, 1983, or to |
17 |
| community consolidated school districts, and the members of the |
18 |
| board of education shall be elected at large from within the |
19 |
| school district and without restriction by area of residence |
20 |
| within the district if both of the following conditions are met |
21 |
| with respect to that district: |
22 |
| (A) A proposition for the election of board members at |
23 |
| large and without restriction by area of residence within |
24 |
| the school district rather than in accordance with the |
25 |
| provisions of subsection (a) of this Section for mandatory |
26 |
| board representation is submitted to the school district's |
27 |
| voters at a regular school election or at the general |
28 |
| election as provided in this subsection (b). |
29 |
| (B) A majority of those voting at the election in each |
30 |
| congressional township comprising the territory of the |
31 |
| school district, including any congressional township of |
32 |
| less than 100 inhabitants, vote in favor of the |
33 |
| proposition. |
34 |
| (2) The school board may, by resolution, order |
35 |
| submitted or, upon the petition of the lesser of 2,500 or |
36 |
| 5% of the school district's registered voters, shall order |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 37 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| submitted to the school district's voters, at a regular |
2 |
| school election or at the general election, the proposition |
3 |
| for the election of board members at large and without |
4 |
| restriction by area of residence within the district rather |
5 |
| than in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of |
6 |
| this Section for mandatory board representation; and the |
7 |
| proposition shall thereupon be certified by the board's |
8 |
| secretary for submission. |
9 |
| (3) If a majority of those voting at the election in |
10 |
| each congressional township comprising the territory of |
11 |
| the school district, including any congressional township |
12 |
| of less than 100 inhabitants, vote in favor of the |
13 |
| proposition: |
14 |
| (A) the proposition to elect board members at large |
15 |
| and without restriction by area of residence within the |
16 |
| district shall be deemed to have passed, |
17 |
| (B) new members of the board shall be elected at |
18 |
| large and without restriction by area of residence |
19 |
| within the district at the next regular school |
20 |
| election, and |
21 |
| (C) the terms of office of the board members |
22 |
| incumbent at the time the proposition is adopted shall |
23 |
| expire when the new board members that are elected at |
24 |
| large and without restriction by area of residence |
25 |
| within the district have organized in accordance with |
26 |
| Section 10-16. |
27 |
| (4) In a community unit school district, a combined |
28 |
| school district, or a community consolidated school |
29 |
| district that formerly elected its members under |
30 |
| subsection (a) of this Section to successive terms not |
31 |
| exceeding 4 years, the members elected at large and without |
32 |
| restriction by area of residence within the district shall |
33 |
| be elected for a term of 4 years, and in a community unit |
34 |
| school district or combined school district that formerly |
35 |
| elected its members under subsection (a) of this Section to |
36 |
| successive terms not exceeding 6 years, the members elected |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 38 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| at large and without restriction by area of residence |
2 |
| within the district shall be elected for a term of 6 years; |
3 |
| provided that in each case the terms of the board members |
4 |
| initially elected at large and without restriction by area |
5 |
| of residence within the district as provided in this |
6 |
| subsection (b) shall be staggered and determined in |
7 |
| accordance with the provisions of Sections 10-10 and 10-16 |
8 |
| of this Code.
|
9 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-11)
|
10 |
| Sec. 10-11. Vacancies. Elective offices become vacant |
11 |
| within the meaning of the Act, unless the
context indicates |
12 |
| otherwise, on the happening of any of the following
events, |
13 |
| before the expiration of the term of such office:
|
14 |
| 1. The death of the incumbent.
|
15 |
| 2. His or her resignation in writing filed with the |
16 |
| Secretary or Clerk of
the
Board.
|
17 |
| 3. His or her becoming a person under legal disability.
|
18 |
| 4. His or her ceasing to be an inhabitant of the district |
19 |
| for which
he or she was
elected.
|
20 |
| 5. His or her conviction of an infamous crime, of any |
21 |
| offense
involving a
violation of official oath, or of a violent |
22 |
| crime against a child.
|
23 |
| 6. His or her removal from office.
|
24 |
| 7. The decision of a competent tribunal declaring his or |
25 |
| her election void.
|
26 |
| 8. His ceasing to be an inhabitant of a particular area |
27 |
| from which he
was elected, if the residential requirements |
28 |
| contained in Section 10-10.5
11A-8,
11B-7 , or 12-2
of this Code
|
29 |
| Act are violated.
|
30 |
| No elective office except as herein otherwise provided |
31 |
| becomes vacant
until the successor of the incumbent of such |
32 |
| office has been appointed or
elected, as the case may be, and |
33 |
| qualified. The successor shall have the
same type of |
34 |
| residential qualifications as his or her predecessor and, if |
35 |
| the
residential requirements contained in Section 10-10.5
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 39 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| 11A-8, 11B-7, or 12-2 of this Code
Act
apply, the successor, |
2 |
| whether elected or appointed by the remaining members or
a |
3 |
| regional superintendent, shall be an inhabitant of the |
4 |
| particular area from
which his or her predecessor was elected.
|
5 |
| (Source: P.A. 91-376, eff. 1-1-00.)
|
6 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-16) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-16)
|
7 |
| Sec. 10-16. Organization of Board. Within 28 days after the |
8 |
| consolidated
election, other than the consolidated elections |
9 |
| in 1999 and 2001, the
board shall organize by electing its |
10 |
| officers and fixing a time and place
for the regular meetings. |
11 |
| However, when school board members are elected at
the |
12 |
| consolidated elections held in April of 1999 and April of 2001, |
13 |
| the board
shall organize within 7 days after the first Tuesday |
14 |
| after the first Monday of
November in each such year by |
15 |
| electing officers and setting the time and place
of the regular |
16 |
| meetings. Upon organizing itself as provided in this paragraph,
|
17 |
| the board shall enter upon the discharge of its duties.
|
18 |
| The regional superintendent of schools having supervision |
19 |
| and control, as
provided in Section 3-14.2, of a new school
|
20 |
| district that is governed by the School Code and formed on or |
21 |
| after the
effective date of this amendatory Act of 1998 shall |
22 |
| convene
the newly elected board within 7 days after the |
23 |
| election of the board of
education of that district, whereupon
|
24 |
| the board
shall proceed to organize by electing one of their |
25 |
| number as
president and
electing a secretary, who may or may |
26 |
| not be a member. At such meeting the
length of term of each of |
27 |
| the members shall be determined by lot so that 4
shall serve |
28 |
| for 4 years, and 3 for 2 years from the commencement of their
|
29 |
| terms; provided, however, if such members were not elected at |
30 |
| the
consolidated election in an odd-numbered year, such initial
|
31 |
| terms shall be
extended to the consolidated election for school |
32 |
| board
members immediately
following the expiration of the |
33 |
| initial 4 or 2 year terms.
The provisions of this paragraph |
34 |
| that relate to the determination of terms by
lot shall not |
35 |
| apply to the initial members of the board of education of a
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 40 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| combined school district who are to be elected to unstaggered |
2 |
| terms as provided
in subsection (a-5) of Section 11B-7 .
|
3 |
| The terms of the
officers of a board of education shall be |
4 |
| for 2 years, except that
the
terms of the officers elected at |
5 |
| the organization meeting in November, 2001
shall expire at the |
6 |
| organization meeting in April, 2003; provided that the
board by |
7 |
| resolution may
establish a policy for the terms of office to be |
8 |
| one year, and provide for
the election of officers.
|
9 |
| Special meetings of the board of education may be called by |
10 |
| the president
or by any 3 members of the board by giving notice |
11 |
| thereof in writing, stating
the time, place and purpose of the |
12 |
| meeting. Such notice may be served by
mail 48 hours before such |
13 |
| meeting or by personal service 24 hours before
such meeting. |
14 |
| Public notice of meetings must also be given as prescribed in
|
15 |
| Sections 2.02 and 2.03 of the Open Meetings Act, as now or |
16 |
| hereafter amended.
|
17 |
| At each regular and special meeting which is open to the |
18 |
| public, members
of the public and employees of the district |
19 |
| shall be afforded time, subject
to reasonable constraints, to |
20 |
| comment to or ask questions of the board.
|
21 |
| The president or district superintendent shall, at each |
22 |
| regular board
meeting, report any requests made of the district |
23 |
| under provisions of The
Freedom of Information Act and shall |
24 |
| report the status of the district's
response.
|
25 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-847, eff. 7-30-04.)
|
26 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-21.12) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.12)
|
27 |
| Sec. 10-21.12. Transfer of teachers. The employment of a |
28 |
| teacher
transferred from one board or administrative agent to |
29 |
| the control of a new
or different board or administrative agent |
30 |
| shall be considered continuous
employment if such
transfer of |
31 |
| employment occurred by reason of any of the following events:
|
32 |
| (1) a boundary change or the creation or reorganization of |
33 |
| any school
district pursuant to Article 7 or 11E , 7A, 11A or |
34 |
| 11B ; or
|
35 |
| (2) the deactivation or reactivation of any high school or |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 41 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| elementary school pursuant to
Section 10-22.22b; or
|
2 |
| (3) the creation, expansion, reduction or dissolution of a |
3 |
| special
education program pursuant
to Section 10-22.31, or the |
4 |
| creation, expansion, reduction or dissolution of a joint
|
5 |
| educational program established under Section 10-22.31a; or
|
6 |
| (4) the creation, expansion, reduction, termination or |
7 |
| dissolution of
any joint agreement program operated by a |
8 |
| regional superintendent,
governing board, or other |
9 |
| administrative agent or any program operated
pursuant to an |
10 |
| Intergovernmental Joint Agreement. The changes made by this
|
11 |
| amendatory Act of 1990 are declaratory of existing law.
|
12 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-213, eff. 7-14-05.)
|
13 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11C-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 11C-6)
|
14 |
| Sec. 11C-6. Credited unfunded indebtedness. Each district |
15 |
| from which
territory is taken shall be credited with all |
16 |
| unfunded indebtedness of such
district and with the estimated |
17 |
| cost of operating the schools of the district
for the balance |
18 |
| of the school year if the district from which territory
is |
19 |
| taken continues to administer the schools until the succeeding |
20 |
| July 1
as provided in Section 11A-10 .
|
21 |
| (Source: P.A. 83-686.)
|
22 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11C-9) (from Ch. 122, par. 11C-9)
|
23 |
| Sec. 11C-9. Accounting waived. If no stipulation is made as |
24 |
| provided
in Section 11A-3 of this Act or if the stipulation is |
25 |
| refused by the regional
superintendent the boards of the |
26 |
| districts affected by the change in boundaries
in the creation |
27 |
| of a new district may waive accounting or stipulate
as to the |
28 |
| valuation of any kind or parcel of property or as to a basis |
29 |
| for
apportionment other than that provided in Section 11C-7 of |
30 |
| this Act by concurrent
resolution filed with the regional |
31 |
| superintendent prior to or within
30 days after the election of |
32 |
| the school board for the newly created district.
Such |
33 |
| resolution shall be subject to the approval of the regional |
34 |
| superintendent
and if approved, the accounting shall be |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 42 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| dispensed with or modified as the
resolution may provide.
|
2 |
| (Source: P.A. 83-686.)
|
3 |
| (105 ILCS 5/Art. 11E heading new) |
4 |
| ARTICLE 11E. CONVERSION AND FORMATION OF SCHOOL DISTRICTS |
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-5 new) |
6 |
| Sec. 11E-5. Purpose and applicability. The purpose of this |
7 |
| Article is to permit greater flexibility and efficiency in the |
8 |
| reorganization and formation of school districts for the |
9 |
| improvement of the administration and quality of educational |
10 |
| services. This Article applies only to school districts with |
11 |
| under 500,000 inhabitants. |
12 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-10 new) |
13 |
| Sec. 11E-10. Definitions. In this Article: |
14 |
| "Affected district" means any school district where all or |
15 |
| a major part of the district is included in a petition for |
16 |
| reorganization under the provisions of this Article. |
17 |
| "Combined high school - unit district" means a school |
18 |
| district resulting from the combination of a high school |
19 |
| district and a unit district. |
20 |
| "Combined school district" means any district resulting |
21 |
| from the combination of 2 or more entire elementary districts, |
22 |
| 2 or more entire high school districts, or 2 or more entire |
23 |
| unit districts. |
24 |
| "Dual district" means a high school district and all of its |
25 |
| feeder elementary districts collectively. |
26 |
| "Elementary district" means a school district organized |
27 |
| and established for purposes of providing instruction up to and |
28 |
| including grade 8. "Elementary district" includes common |
29 |
| elementary school districts, consolidated elementary school |
30 |
| districts, community consolidated school districts, combined |
31 |
| elementary districts, and charter elementary districts. |
32 |
| "Elementary purposes" means the purposes of providing |
33 |
| instruction up to and including grade 8. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 43 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| "High school district" means a school district organized |
2 |
| and established for purposes of providing instruction in grades |
3 |
| 9 through 12. "High school district" includes charter high |
4 |
| school districts, township high school districts, consolidated |
5 |
| high school districts, community high school districts, and |
6 |
| non-high school districts. |
7 |
| "High school purposes" means the purposes of providing |
8 |
| instruction in grades nine through 12. |
9 |
| "K through 12 purposes" means the purposes of providing |
10 |
| instruction up to and including grade 12.
|
11 |
| "Major part" means that remainder of a school district that |
12 |
| does not meet the criteria to be classified as a small part of |
13 |
| a district. |
14 |
| "Multi-district conversion" means a school district |
15 |
| conversion authorized under subsection (b) of Section 11E-15 of |
16 |
| this Code. |
17 |
| "Optional elementary unit district" means a unit district |
18 |
| resulting from the combination of a high school district and |
19 |
| the combination of any one or more elementary districts |
20 |
| electing to organize as an optional elementary unit district. |
21 |
| "Partial elementary unit district" means either a combined |
22 |
| high school - unit district or an optional elementary unit |
23 |
| district. |
24 |
| "School board" means either a board of education or a board |
25 |
| of school directors. |
26 |
| "School district conversion" means a small unit district |
27 |
| conversion or a multi-district conversion. |
28 |
| "Small part of a district" means a part of a school |
29 |
| district encompassing less than 25% of the land area of the |
30 |
| district or less than 8% of the student enrollment and less |
31 |
| than 8% of the equalized assessed valuation of the district. |
32 |
| "Small unit district" means a unit district with not more |
33 |
| than 250 students enrolled in grades 9 through 12. |
34 |
| "Small unit district conversion" means a school district |
35 |
| conversion authorized under subsection (a) of Section 11E-15 of |
36 |
| this Code. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 44 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| "Substantially coterminous" means that the major part of a |
2 |
| high school district and the major parts of one or more |
3 |
| elementary districts share the same boundaries. |
4 |
| "Unit district" means a school district organized and |
5 |
| established for purposes of providing instruction up to and |
6 |
| including grade 12. "Unit district" includes charter (K through |
7 |
| 12) districts, community unit districts, community |
8 |
| consolidated unit districts, other districts that, prior to the |
9 |
| adoption of the community consolidated unit district and |
10 |
| community unit district, authorizing legislation had expanded |
11 |
| to provide instruction through the 12th grade (commonly |
12 |
| referred to as "Old Type" unit districts), and partial |
13 |
| elementary unit districts organized pursuant to the provisions |
14 |
| of this Article.
|
15 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-15 new) |
16 |
| Sec. 11E-15. School district conversion. |
17 |
| (a)
A small unit district may be dissolved and converted |
18 |
| into an elementary district in accordance with this Article if |
19 |
| the following apply: |
20 |
| (1) the elementary district to be created includes all |
21 |
| of the territory within the unit district to be dissolved; |
22 |
| and |
23 |
| (2) an existing high school district is contiguous to |
24 |
| territory within the unit district to be dissolved and the |
25 |
| proceedings by which the elementary district is to be |
26 |
| created includes the concurrent annexation of all of the |
27 |
| territory within the unit district that is to be dissolved. |
28 |
| (b) Two or more contiguous unit districts or one or more |
29 |
| unit districts and one or more high school districts, all of |
30 |
| which are contiguous, may, under the provisions of this |
31 |
| Article, dissolve and form a single new high school district |
32 |
| and new elementary districts that are based upon the boundaries |
33 |
| of the dissolved unit districts. No existing school district |
34 |
| involved in the proposition may have more than 600 pupils |
35 |
| enrolled in grades 9 through 12 unless a size waiver is granted |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 45 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| by the State Superintendent of Education based upon evidence |
2 |
| presented that demonstrates that permitting the district to be |
3 |
| involved in the proposition would significantly increase the |
4 |
| educational opportunities available to the affected pupils.
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-20 new) |
6 |
| Sec. 11E-20. Combined school district formation. |
7 |
| (a)(1) The territory of 2 or more entire contiguous |
8 |
| elementary districts may be organized into a combined |
9 |
| elementary district under the provisions of this Article. |
10 |
| (2) Any 2 or more entire elementary districts that |
11 |
| collectively are within or substantially coterminous with |
12 |
| the boundaries of a high school district, regardless of |
13 |
| whether the districts are compact and contiguous with each |
14 |
| other, may be organized into a combined school district in |
15 |
| accordance with this Article. |
16 |
| (b) Any 2 or more entire contiguous high school districts |
17 |
| may be organized into a combined high school district under the |
18 |
| provisions of this Article. |
19 |
| (c) Any 2 or more entire contiguous unit districts may be |
20 |
| organized into a combined unit district under the provisions of |
21 |
| this Article.
|
22 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-25 new) |
23 |
| Sec. 11E-25. Unit district formation. |
24 |
| (a) Any contiguous and compact territory, no part of which |
25 |
| is included within any unit district, may be organized into a |
26 |
| unit district as provided in this Article. |
27 |
| (b) The territory of one or more entire unit districts that |
28 |
| are contiguous to each other, plus any contiguous and compact |
29 |
| territory no part of which is included within any unit |
30 |
| district, and the territory of which taken as a whole is |
31 |
| compact may be organized into a unit district as provided in |
32 |
| this Article.
|
33 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-30 new) |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 46 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| Sec. 11E-30. Partial elementary unit district formation. |
2 |
| (a) One or more entire high school districts and one or |
3 |
| more entire unit districts, all of which are contiguous, may be |
4 |
| organized into a combined high school - unit district as |
5 |
| provided in this Article. |
6 |
| (b) A high school district and 2 or more elementary |
7 |
| districts that collectively are substantially coterminous may |
8 |
| seek to organize into an optional elementary unit district as |
9 |
| provided in this Article. The optional elementary unit district |
10 |
| shall be organized from those districts voting in favor of |
11 |
| joining the optional elementary unit district, as determined in |
12 |
| accordance with subsection (b) of Section 11E-65 of this Code. |
13 |
| (c) For 5 years following the formation of a partial |
14 |
| elementary unit district, any elementary district that elected |
15 |
| not to join an optional elementary unit district for elementary |
16 |
| purposes or any elementary district whose major part is within |
17 |
| the boundaries of a high school district that dissolved to |
18 |
| become part of a combined high school - unit district may elect |
19 |
| to join the partial elementary unit district by filing a |
20 |
| petition that requests the submission of the proposition at a |
21 |
| regularly scheduled election for the purpose of voting for or |
22 |
| against joining the partial elementary unit district and that |
23 |
| complies with the other provisions of this Article. If all |
24 |
| eligible elementary districts elect to join a partial |
25 |
| elementary unit district in accordance with this subsection, |
26 |
| then the partial elementary unit district shall thereafter be |
27 |
| deemed a unit district for all purposes of this Code.
|
28 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-35 new) |
29 |
| Sec. 11E-35. Petition filing. |
30 |
| (a) A petition shall be filed with the regional |
31 |
| superintendent of schools of the educational service region in |
32 |
| which the territory described in the petition or that part of |
33 |
| the territory with the greater percentage of equalized assessed |
34 |
| valuation is situated. The petition must do the following: |
35 |
| (1) be signed by at least 50 legal resident voters or |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 47 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| 10% of the legal resident voters, whichever is less, |
2 |
| residing within each affected district; or |
3 |
| (2) be approved by the school board in each affected |
4 |
| district. |
5 |
| (b) The petition may or shall do all of the following: |
6 |
| (1) Shall request the submission of the proposition at |
7 |
| a regular scheduled election for the purpose of voting: |
8 |
| (A) for or against a small unit district |
9 |
| conversion; |
10 |
| (B) for or against a multi-district conversion; |
11 |
| (C) for or against the establishment of a combined |
12 |
| elementary district; |
13 |
| (D) for or against the establishment of a combined |
14 |
| high school district; |
15 |
| (E) for or against the establishment of a combined |
16 |
| unit district; |
17 |
| (F) for or against the establishment of a unit |
18 |
| district from dual district territory exclusively; |
19 |
| (G) for or against the establishment of a unit |
20 |
| district from both dual district and unit district |
21 |
| territory; |
22 |
| (H) for or against the establishment of a combined |
23 |
| high school - unit district from a combination of one |
24 |
| or more high school districts and one or more unit |
25 |
| districts; |
26 |
| (I) for or against the establishment of an optional |
27 |
| elementary unit district from a combination of a |
28 |
| substantially coterminous dual district; or |
29 |
| (J) for or against dissolving and becoming part of |
30 |
| a partial elementary unit district. |
31 |
| (2) Shall describe the territory comprising the |
32 |
| districts proposed to be dissolved and those to be created. |
33 |
| (3) Shall set forth the maximum tax rates for various |
34 |
| purposes the proposed district or districts shall be |
35 |
| authorized to levy. If the proposed district or districts |
36 |
| are subject to the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 48 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| then the petition shall also include the additional |
2 |
| information required by that Law. |
3 |
| (4) Shall set forth the manner in which the |
4 |
| supplementary State deficit difference payment to be made |
5 |
| under subsection (c) of Section 11E-115 of this Code is to |
6 |
| be allocated among the new districts proposed to be formed. |
7 |
| (5) Shall provide, where applicable, for the division |
8 |
| of assets and liabilities to be allocated to the proposed |
9 |
| new or annexing school district or districts in the manner |
10 |
| provided in Section 11E-85 of this Code. |
11 |
| (6) May request that at that same election as the |
12 |
| reorganization proposition a school board or boards be |
13 |
| elected on a separate ballot or ballots to serve as the |
14 |
| school board or boards of the proposed new district or |
15 |
| districts. Any election of board members at the same |
16 |
| election at which the proposition to create the district or |
17 |
| districts to be served by the board or boards is submitted |
18 |
| to the voters shall proceed under the supervision of the |
19 |
| regional superintendent of schools as provided in Section |
20 |
| 11E-55 of this Code. |
21 |
| (7) May request that the referendum at which the |
22 |
| proposition is submitted for the purpose of voting for or |
23 |
| against the establishment of a unit district include as |
24 |
| part of the proposition the election of board members by |
25 |
| school board district rather than at large. Any petition |
26 |
| requesting the election of board members by district shall |
27 |
| divide the proposed school district into 7 school board |
28 |
| districts, each of which must be compact and contiguous and |
29 |
| substantially equal in population to each other school |
30 |
| board district. Any election of board members by school |
31 |
| board district shall proceed under the supervision of the |
32 |
| regional superintendent of schools as provided in Section |
33 |
| 11E-55 of this Code. |
34 |
| (8) May request that the referendum at which the |
35 |
| proposition is submitted for the purpose of voting for or |
36 |
| against the establishment of a multi-district conversion |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 49 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| include as part of the proposition the election of board |
2 |
| members for the new high school district (i) on an at large |
3 |
| basis, (ii) with board members representing each of the |
4 |
| forming elementary school districts, or (iii) a |
5 |
| combination of both. The format for the election of the new |
6 |
| high school board must be defined in the petition submitted |
7 |
| to the voters. When 4 or more unit school districts and a |
8 |
| combination of board members representing each of the |
9 |
| forming elementary school districts are involved and at |
10 |
| large formats are used, one member must be elected from |
11 |
| each of the forming elementary school districts. The |
12 |
| remaining members may be elected on an at large basis, |
13 |
| provided that none of the underlying elementary school |
14 |
| districts have a majority on the resulting high school |
15 |
| board. When 3 unit school districts and a combination of |
16 |
| board members representing each of the forming elementary |
17 |
| school districts are involved and at large formats are |
18 |
| used, 2 members must be elected from each of the forming |
19 |
| elementary school districts. The remaining member must be |
20 |
| elected at large. |
21 |
| (9) May request that the referendum at which the |
22 |
| proposition shall be submitted include a proposition on a |
23 |
| separate ballot authorizing the issuance of bonds by the |
24 |
| district or districts when organized in accordance with |
25 |
| this Article. The principal amount of the bonds and the |
26 |
| purposes of issuance shall be stated in the petition and in |
27 |
| all notices and propositions submitted thereunder. |
28 |
| (10) Shall designate a committee of ten of the |
29 |
| petitioners as attorney in fact for all petitioners, any 7 |
30 |
| of whom may at any time, prior to the final decision of the |
31 |
| regional superintendent of schools, amend the petition in |
32 |
| all respects (except that, for a unit district formation, |
33 |
| there may not be an increase or decrease of more than 25% |
34 |
| of the territory to be included in the proposed district) |
35 |
| and make binding stipulations on behalf of all petitioners |
36 |
| as to any question with respect to the petition, including |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 50 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the power to stipulate to accountings or the waiver thereof |
2 |
| between school districts. |
3 |
| (c) The regional superintendent of schools shall not accept |
4 |
| for filing under the authority of this Section any petition |
5 |
| that includes any territory already included as part of the |
6 |
| territory described in another petition filed under the |
7 |
| authority of this Section. |
8 |
| (d)(1) Those designated as the Committee of Ten shall serve |
9 |
| in that capacity until such time as the regional superintendent |
10 |
| of schools determines that, because of death, resignation, |
11 |
| transfer of residency from the territory, failure to qualify, |
12 |
| or any other reason, the office of a particular member of the |
13 |
| Committee of Ten is vacant. Upon determination by the regional |
14 |
| superintendent of schools that these vacancies exist, he or she |
15 |
| shall declare the vacancies and shall notify the remaining |
16 |
| members to appoint a petitioner or petitioners, as the case may |
17 |
| be, to fill the vacancies in the Committee of Ten so |
18 |
| designated. An appointment by the Committee of Ten to fill a |
19 |
| vacancy shall be made by a simple majority vote of the |
20 |
| designated remaining members. |
21 |
| (2) Failure of a person designated as a member of the |
22 |
| Committee of Ten to sign the petition shall not disqualify |
23 |
| that person as a member of the Committee of Ten, and that |
24 |
| person may sign the petition at any time prior to final |
25 |
| disposition of the petition and the conclusion of the |
26 |
| proceedings to form a new school district or districts, |
27 |
| including all litigation pertaining to the petition or |
28 |
| proceedings. |
29 |
| (3) Except as stated in item (10) of subsection (b) of |
30 |
| this Section, the Committee of Ten shall act by majority |
31 |
| vote of the membership. |
32 |
| (4) The regional superintendent of schools may accept a |
33 |
| stipulation made by the Committee of Ten instead of |
34 |
| evidence or proof of the matter stipulated or may refuse to |
35 |
| accept the stipulation, provided that the regional |
36 |
| superintendent sets forth the basis for the refusal. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 51 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (5) The Committee of Ten may voluntarily dismiss its |
2 |
| petition at any time before the petition is approved by |
3 |
| either the regional superintendent of schools or State |
4 |
| Superintendent of Education.
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-40 new) |
6 |
| Sec. 11E-40. Notice and petition amendments.
|
7 |
| (a) Upon the filing of a petition with the regional |
8 |
| superintendent of schools as provided in Section 11E-35 of this |
9 |
| Code, the regional superintendent shall do all of the |
10 |
| following: |
11 |
| (1) Cause a copy of the petition to be given to each |
12 |
| school board of the affected districts and the regional |
13 |
| superintendent of schools of any other educational service |
14 |
| region in which territory described in the petition is |
15 |
| situated. |
16 |
| (2) Cause a notice thereof to be published at least |
17 |
| once each week for 3 successive weeks in at least one |
18 |
| newspaper having general circulation within the area of all |
19 |
| of the territory of the proposed district or districts. The |
20 |
| regional superintendent and the petitioners shall each pay |
21 |
| half the expense of publishing the notice. |
22 |
| (b) The notice shall state all of the following: |
23 |
| (1) When and to whom the petition was presented. |
24 |
| (2) The prayer of the petition. |
25 |
| (3) A description of the territory comprising the |
26 |
| districts proposed to be dissolved and those to be created. |
27 |
| (4) If requested in the petition, the proposition to |
28 |
| elect, by separate ballot, school board members at the same |
29 |
| election, indicating whether the board members are to be |
30 |
| elected at-large or by school board district. |
31 |
| (5) If requested in the petition, the proposition to |
32 |
| issue bonds, indicating the amount and purpose thereof. |
33 |
| (6) The day on which the hearing on the action proposed |
34 |
| in the petition shall be held. |
35 |
| (c) No petition filed under this Article and no referendum |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 52 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| held pursuant to any petition so filed shall be null and void, |
2 |
| invalidated, or deemed in noncompliance with the Election Code |
3 |
| for the failure of any person or persons seeking the creation |
4 |
| of a new school district or districts under this Article to |
5 |
| publish a notice of intention to file the petition or to attach |
6 |
| an affidavit attesting to the publication of that notice to the |
7 |
| petition as required under subsection (g) of Section 28-2 of |
8 |
| the Election Code. |
9 |
| (d) Prior to the hearing described in Section 11E-45 of |
10 |
| this Code, the regional superintendent of schools shall inform |
11 |
| the petitioners as to whether the petition, as amended or |
12 |
| filed, is proper and in compliance with all applicable petition |
13 |
| requirements set forth in the Election Code. If the regional |
14 |
| superintendent determines that the petition is not in proper |
15 |
| order or not in compliance with any applicable petition |
16 |
| requirements set forth in the Election Code, the regional |
17 |
| superintendent must identify the specific defects in the |
18 |
| petition and include specific recommendations to cure the |
19 |
| defects. The petitioners may amend the petition to cure the |
20 |
| defects at any time prior to the receipt of the regional |
21 |
| superintendent's written order made in accordance with |
22 |
| subsection (a) of Section 11E-50 of this Code. |
23 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-45 new) |
24 |
| Sec. 11E-45. Hearing. |
25 |
| (a) No more than 15 days after the last date on which the |
26 |
| required notice under Section 11E-40 of this Code is published, |
27 |
| the regional superintendent of schools with whom the petition |
28 |
| is required to be filed shall hold a hearing on the petition. |
29 |
| Prior to the hearing, the petitioners shall submit to the |
30 |
| regional superintendent maps showing the districts involved |
31 |
| and any other information deemed pertinent by the petitioners |
32 |
| to the proposed action. The regional superintendent of schools |
33 |
| may adjourn the hearing from time to time or may continue the |
34 |
| matter for want of sufficient notice or other good cause. |
35 |
| (b) At the hearing, the regional superintendent of schools |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 53 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| shall allow public testimony on the action proposed in the |
2 |
| petition. The regional superintendent shall present, or |
3 |
| arrange for the presentation of all of the following: |
4 |
| (1) Evidence as to the school needs and conditions in |
5 |
| the territory described in the petition and the area |
6 |
| adjacent thereto. |
7 |
| (2) Evidence with respect to the ability of the |
8 |
| proposed district or districts to meet standards of |
9 |
| recognition as prescribed by the State Board of Education. |
10 |
| (3) A consideration of the division of funds and assets |
11 |
| that will occur if the petition is approved. |
12 |
| (4) The maximum tax rates for various purposes the |
13 |
| proposed district or districts shall be authorized to levy, |
14 |
| and, if the proposed district or districts are subject to |
15 |
| the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, then |
16 |
| information regarding the aggregate extension base, in |
17 |
| conformity with the provisions of Section 18-210 of the |
18 |
| Property Tax Code, and information regarding the debt |
19 |
| service extension base, in conformity with the provisions |
20 |
| of Section 18-212 of the Property Tax Code. |
21 |
| (c) Any regional superintendent of schools entitled under |
22 |
| the provisions of this Article to be given a copy of the |
23 |
| petition and any resident of any territory described in the |
24 |
| petition may appear in person or by an attorney at law to |
25 |
| provide oral or written testimony or both in relation to the |
26 |
| action proposed in the petition. |
27 |
| (d) The regional superintendent of schools shall arrange |
28 |
| for a written transcript of the hearing. The regional |
29 |
| superintendent and the petitioners shall each pay half the |
30 |
| expense of the written transcript.
|
31 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-50 new) |
32 |
| Sec. 11E-50. Approval or denial of the petition; |
33 |
| administrative review. |
34 |
| (a) Within 14 days after the conclusion of the hearing |
35 |
| under Section 11E-45 of this Code, the regional superintendent |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 54 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| of schools shall take into consideration the school needs and |
2 |
| conditions of the affected districts and in the area adjacent |
3 |
| thereto, the division of funds and assets that will result from |
4 |
| the action described in the petition, and the best interests of |
5 |
| the schools of the area and the educational welfare of the |
6 |
| pupils residing therein and, through a written order, either |
7 |
| approve or deny the petition. |
8 |
| (b) The regional superintendent of schools shall provide a |
9 |
| copy of the written order by registered mail to the |
10 |
| petitioners, each school board of the affected districts, the |
11 |
| regional superintendent of schools of any other educational |
12 |
| service region in which territory described in the petition is |
13 |
| situated, and the State Board of Education. A written order |
14 |
| approving the petition shall be deemed an administrative |
15 |
| decision as defined in Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil |
16 |
| Procedure. If the regional superintendent fails to act upon a |
17 |
| petition within 14 days after the conclusion of the hearing, |
18 |
| the regional superintendent shall be deemed to have denied the |
19 |
| petition, and his or her action may be appealed to the State |
20 |
| Superintendent of Education in accordance with subsection (c) |
21 |
| of this Section. |
22 |
| (c) Within 21 days after receiving a written order denying |
23 |
| a petition or within 21 days after the expiration of the date |
24 |
| by which the regional superintendent of schools must provide a |
25 |
| written order pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section, the |
26 |
| petitioners may appeal the denial to the State Superintendent |
27 |
| of Education. An appeal to the State Superintendent shall |
28 |
| request the State Superintendent's review of the petition and, |
29 |
| if a written order was provided by the regional superintendent, |
30 |
| specify the provisions of the regional superintendent's order |
31 |
| the petitioners believe to be in error. The State |
32 |
| Superintendent shall review the appeal, the petition, the |
33 |
| record of the hearing, and the written order of the regional |
34 |
| superintendent, if any. Within 14 days after the receipt of the |
35 |
| appeal, the State Superintendent shall take into consideration |
36 |
| the school needs and conditions of the affected districts and |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 55 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| in the area adjacent thereto, the division of funds and assets |
2 |
| that will result from the action described in the petition, and |
3 |
| the best interests of the schools of the area and the |
4 |
| educational welfare of the pupils residing therein and, through |
5 |
| a written order, either approve or deny the petition. If the |
6 |
| State Superintendent denies the petition, the State |
7 |
| Superintendent shall set forth in writing the specific basis |
8 |
| for the denial. The decision of the State Superintendent shall |
9 |
| be deemed an administrative decision as defined in Section |
10 |
| 3-101 of the Code of Civil Procedure. The State Superintendent |
11 |
| shall provide a copy of the decision by registered mail to the |
12 |
| petitioners, each school board of the affected districts, the |
13 |
| regional superintendent with whom the petition was filed, and |
14 |
| the regional superintendent of schools of any other educational |
15 |
| service region in which territory described in the petition is |
16 |
| situated. |
17 |
| (d) Any resident of any territory described in the petition |
18 |
| who appears at the hearing or any petitioner or school board of |
19 |
| any affected district may, within 35 days after a copy of the |
20 |
| decision sought to be reviewed was served by registered mail |
21 |
| upon the party affected thereby or upon the attorney of record |
22 |
| for the party, apply for a review of an administrative decision |
23 |
| of either the regional superintendent of schools or State |
24 |
| Superintendent of Education in accordance with the |
25 |
| Administrative Review Law and the rules adopted pursuant to the |
26 |
| Administrative Review Law. The commencement of any action for |
27 |
| review shall operate as a supersedeas, and no further |
28 |
| proceedings shall be had until final disposition of the review. |
29 |
| The circuit court of the county in which the petition is filed |
30 |
| with the regional superintendent of schools shall have sole |
31 |
| jurisdiction to entertain a complaint for the review.
|
32 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-55 new) |
33 |
| Sec. 11E-55. Holding of elections. |
34 |
| (a) Elections provided by this Article shall be conducted |
35 |
| in accordance with the general election law. The regional |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 56 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| superintendent of schools shall perform the election duties |
2 |
| assigned by law to the secretary of a school board for the |
3 |
| election and shall certify the officers and candidates |
4 |
| therefore pursuant to the general election law. |
5 |
| (b) Nomination papers filed under this Article are not |
6 |
| valid unless the candidate named therein files with the |
7 |
| regional superintendent of schools a receipt from the county |
8 |
| clerk showing that the candidate has filed a statement of |
9 |
| economic interests as required by the Illinois Governmental |
10 |
| Ethics Act. This receipt shall be so filed either previously |
11 |
| during the calendar year in which his or her nomination papers |
12 |
| were filed or within the period for the filing of nomination |
13 |
| papers in accordance with the general election law. |
14 |
| (c)(1) If the petition requests the election of school |
15 |
| board members of the school district proposed to be created at |
16 |
| the same election at which the proposition to establish that |
17 |
| district is to be submitted to voters or if the regional |
18 |
| superintendent of schools finds it to be in the best interest |
19 |
| of the districts involved to elect school board members of the |
20 |
| school district proposed to be created at that election, then |
21 |
| that fact shall be included in the notice of referendum. |
22 |
| (2) If the members of the school board of the school |
23 |
| district proposed to be created are not to be elected at |
24 |
| the same election at which the proposition to establish |
25 |
| that district is to be submitted to the voters, then the |
26 |
| regional superintendent of schools shall order an election |
27 |
| to be held on the next regularly scheduled election date |
28 |
| for the purpose of electing a school board for that |
29 |
| district. |
30 |
| (3) In either event, the school board elected for a new |
31 |
| school district or districts created under this Article |
32 |
| shall consist of 7 members who shall have the terms and the |
33 |
| powers and duties of school boards under Article 10 of this |
34 |
| Code and as elsewhere provided by statute. |
35 |
| (d) All notices regarding propositions for reorganization |
36 |
| or creation of new school districts under this Article shall be |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 57 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| given in accordance with the general election law in |
2 |
| substantially the following form: |
3 |
| (1) Notice in small unit district to be dissolved under |
4 |
| a small unit district conversion:
|
5 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO DISSOLVE
|
6 |
| A UNIT DISTRICT, TO CREATE
|
7 |
| AN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT THEREFROM,
|
8 |
| AND TO ANNEX THE TERRITORY THEREIN TO
|
9 |
| A CONTIGUOUS HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT
|
10 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
11 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
12 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
13 |
| proposition to dissolve Unit School District No. ..... of |
14 |
| ....... County, Illinois, to create an elementary school |
15 |
| district to be comprised of the same territory that now |
16 |
| comprises the unit district proposed to be so dissolved, |
17 |
| and to annex that same territory to High School District |
18 |
| No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois. |
19 |
| The territory that now comprises Unit School District |
20 |
| No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois, which territory is |
21 |
| the same as the territory that is to comprise the |
22 |
| elementary school district proposed to be created and that |
23 |
| also is the same as the territory that is proposed to be |
24 |
| annexed to High School District No. ..... of ....... |
25 |
| County, Illinois, is described as follows: (here describe |
26 |
| the territory). |
27 |
| The territory that now comprises High School District |
28 |
| No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois, which high school |
29 |
| district it is proposed shall annex the territory above |
30 |
| described in this Notice, is described as follows: (here |
31 |
| describe such territory). |
32 |
| The election is called and will be held pursuant to an |
33 |
| order of the Regional Superintendent dated on (insert |
34 |
| date), which order states that if a majority of the voters |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 58 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| residing in Unit School District No. ..... of ....... |
2 |
| County, Illinois and voting at the referendum on the |
3 |
| proposition vote in favor of the proposition and if by |
4 |
| separate ballot a majority of the voters residing in High |
5 |
| School District No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois and |
6 |
| voting at the referendum on the proposition to annex the |
7 |
| territory first above described in this Notice vote in |
8 |
| favor thereof, then the tax rates for (here list the |
9 |
| purposes for which taxing authority is being sought in |
10 |
| conformity with subsection (f) of this Section) purposes, |
11 |
| which shall constitute the tax rates for the elementary |
12 |
| school district so created and for High School District No. |
13 |
| ..... of ....... County, Illinois upon annexation of the |
14 |
| territory first above described, shall be: (i) with respect |
15 |
| to such elementary school district, (here list the maximum |
16 |
| rates for which taxing authority is being sought in |
17 |
| conformity with subsection (f) of this Section), and (ii) |
18 |
| with respect to High School District No. ..... of ....... |
19 |
| County, Illinois upon annexation, (here list the maximum |
20 |
| rates for which taxing authority is being sought in |
21 |
| conformity with subsection (f) of this Section). |
22 |
| Dated (insert date). |
23 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
24 |
| (2) Notice in high school district proposing to annex |
25 |
| territory under a small unit district conversion:
|
26 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM
|
27 |
| FOR ANNEXATION BY A HIGH
|
28 |
| SCHOOL DISTRICT OF CONTIGUOUS
|
29 |
| TERRITORY TO BE DISSOLVED
|
30 |
| AS A UNIT DISTRICT
|
31 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
32 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
33 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against a |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 59 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| proposition that High School District No. ..... of ....... |
2 |
| County, Illinois annex certain contiguous territory |
3 |
| hereinafter described upon the dissolution of the |
4 |
| contiguous territory as a unit district.
|
5 |
| The territory that now comprises High School District |
6 |
| No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois is described as |
7 |
| follows: (here describe the territory). The contiguous |
8 |
| territory that it is proposed to be annexed by High School |
9 |
| District No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois upon the |
10 |
| dissolution of the contiguous territory as a unit district |
11 |
| is described as follows:
|
12 |
| (here describe the territory).
|
13 |
| The election is called and will be held pursuant to an |
14 |
| order of the Regional Superintendent dated on (insert |
15 |
| date), which order states that if a majority of the voters |
16 |
| residing in High School District No. ..... of ....... |
17 |
| County, Illinois and voting at the referendum on the |
18 |
| proposition to annex the territory last described above |
19 |
| vote in favor of the proposition and if by separate ballot |
20 |
| a majority of the voters residing in the territory last |
21 |
| described above and voting at the referendum on the |
22 |
| proposition to dissolve the territory as a unit district, |
23 |
| create an elementary school district therefrom, and annex |
24 |
| the territory to High School District No. ..... of ....... |
25 |
| County, Illinois vote in favor of such proposition, then |
26 |
| the tax rates for (here list the purposes for which taxing |
27 |
| authority is being sought in conformity with subsection (f) |
28 |
| of this Section) purposes, which shall constitute the tax |
29 |
| rates for High School District No. ..... of ....... County, |
30 |
| Illinois upon and after annexation of the territory last |
31 |
| described above, shall be (here list the maximum rates for |
32 |
| which taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
33 |
| subsection (f) of this Section).
|
34 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
35 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 60 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (3) Notice for multi-district conversion:
|
2 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO DISSOLVE CERTAIN SCHOOL
|
3 |
| DISTRICTS AND ESTABLISH CERTAIN NEW SCHOOL DISTRICTS
|
4 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
5 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
6 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
7 |
| proposition to dissolve (here name the districts to be |
8 |
| dissolved) and to establish new school districts for the |
9 |
| following described territory: (here describe the |
10 |
| territory by districts, numbering them). The election is |
11 |
| called and will be held pursuant to an order of the |
12 |
| Regional Superintendent dated on (insert date), which |
13 |
| order states that the tax rates for (here list the purposes |
14 |
| for which taxing authority is being sought in conformity |
15 |
| with subsection (f) of this Section) purposes, |
16 |
| respectively, for the proposed new school districts shall |
17 |
| be as follows (stating the following separately for each of |
18 |
| the new school districts proposed to be established): For |
19 |
| (here state elementary or high school) District No. ....., |
20 |
| tax rates of (here list the maximum rates for which taxing |
21 |
| authority is being sought in conformity with subsection (f) |
22 |
| of this Section), and which rates shall constitute the tax |
23 |
| rates for (here state elementary or high school) District |
24 |
| No. ..... if a majority of the voters in each of the |
25 |
| affected districts voting on the proposition at the |
26 |
| referendum vote in favor thereof.
|
27 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
28 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
29 |
| (4) Notice for combined school district formation:
|
30 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM
|
31 |
| TO ESTABLISH COMBINED SCHOOL DISTRICT
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 61 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
2 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
3 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
4 |
| proposition to establish a combined (here insert |
5 |
| elementary, high school, or unit) school district for the |
6 |
| following described territory: (here describe territory by |
7 |
| districts, numbering them). The election is called and will |
8 |
| be held pursuant to an order of the Regional Superintendent |
9 |
| dated on (insert date), which order states that the tax |
10 |
| rates for (here list the purposes for which taxing |
11 |
| authority is being sought in conformity with subsection (f) |
12 |
| of this Section) purposes, respectively, for the proposed |
13 |
| combined school district shall be (here list the maximum |
14 |
| rates for which taxing authority is being sought in |
15 |
| conformity with subsection (f) of this Section), and which |
16 |
| rates shall constitute the tax rates for the combined |
17 |
| school district if a majority of the voters in each of the |
18 |
| affected school districts voting on the proposition at the |
19 |
| referendum vote in favor thereof.
|
20 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
21 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
22 |
| (5) Notice for unit district formation (other than a |
23 |
| partial elementary unit district):
|
24 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO ESTABLISH
|
25 |
| A COMMUNITY UNIT DISTRICT
|
26 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
27 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
28 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
29 |
| proposition to establish a unit district for the following |
30 |
| described territory: (here describe territory by districts |
31 |
| or portions thereof, numbering them). The election is |
32 |
| called and will be held pursuant to an order of the |
33 |
| Regional Superintendent dated on (insert date), which |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 62 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| order states that the tax rates for (here list the purposes |
2 |
| for which taxing authority is being sought in conformity |
3 |
| with subsection (f) of this Section) purposes, |
4 |
| respectively, for the proposed unit district shall be (here |
5 |
| list the maximum rates for which taxing authority is being |
6 |
| sought in conformity with subsection (f) of this Section), |
7 |
| and which rates shall constitute the tax rates for the unit |
8 |
| district if a majority of the voters in each of the |
9 |
| affected school districts voting on the proposition at the |
10 |
| referendum vote in favor thereof.
|
11 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
12 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
13 |
| (6) Notice for combined high school - unit district |
14 |
| formation:
|
15 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM
|
16 |
| TO ESTABLISH COMBINED HIGH SCHOOL - UNIT DISTRICT
|
17 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
18 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
19 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
20 |
| proposition to establish a combined high school - unit |
21 |
| district for the following described territory: (here |
22 |
| describe the territory by districts, numbering them). The |
23 |
| following described territory shall be included in the |
24 |
| combined high school - unit district for high school |
25 |
| purposes only: (here describe territory that will be |
26 |
| included only for high school purposes). The election is |
27 |
| called and will be held pursuant to an order of the |
28 |
| Regional Superintendent dated on (insert date), which |
29 |
| order states that the tax rates for (here list the K |
30 |
| through 12 purposes and high school purposes for which |
31 |
| taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
32 |
| subsection (f) of this Section) purposes, respectively, |
33 |
| for the proposed combined high school - unit district shall |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 63 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| be (here list the maximum K through 12 purpose rates and |
2 |
| the maximum high school purpose rates for which taxing |
3 |
| authority is being sought in conformity with subsection (f) |
4 |
| of this Section), and which rates shall constitute the tax |
5 |
| rates for the combined high school - unit district, if a |
6 |
| majority of the voters in each of the affected school |
7 |
| districts voting on the proposition at the referendum vote |
8 |
| in favor thereof.
|
9 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
10 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
11 |
| (7) Notice for optional elementary unit district |
12 |
| formation:
|
13 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO ESTABLISH
|
14 |
| AN OPTIONAL ELEMENTARY UNIT DISTRICT
|
15 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
16 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
17 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
18 |
| proposition to establish an optional elementary unit |
19 |
| district for the following described territory: (here |
20 |
| describe the territory by districts or portions thereof, |
21 |
| numbering them), provided that for elementary purposes, |
22 |
| the optional elementary unit district shall include only |
23 |
| those elementary school districts where a majority of the |
24 |
| voters voting on the proposition at the referendum vote in |
25 |
| favor thereof. The election is called and will be held |
26 |
| pursuant to an order of the Regional Superintendent dated |
27 |
| on (insert date), which order states that the tax rates for |
28 |
| (here list the K through 12 purposes and high school |
29 |
| purposes for which taxing authority is being sought in |
30 |
| conformity with subsection (f) of this Section) purposes, |
31 |
| respectively, for the proposed optional elementary unit |
32 |
| district shall be (here list the maximum K through 12 |
33 |
| purpose rates and the maximum high school purpose rates for |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 64 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| which taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
2 |
| subsection (f) of this Section) shall constitute the tax |
3 |
| rates for the portion of the optional elementary unit |
4 |
| district operating for K through 12 purposes and the |
5 |
| portion of the optional elementary unit district operating |
6 |
| for high school purposes, respectively, if a majority of |
7 |
| the voters voting on the proposition in one or more of the |
8 |
| affected elementary districts and in the affected high |
9 |
| school district at the referendum vote in favor thereof.
|
10 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
11 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ..................
|
12 |
| (8) Notice for an elementary district to opt into a |
13 |
| partial elementary unit district:
|
14 |
| NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO JOIN
|
15 |
| A PARTIAL ELEMENTARY UNIT DISTRICT
|
16 |
| NOTICE is hereby given that on (insert date), a |
17 |
| referendum will be held in part(s) of ....... county |
18 |
| (counties) for the purpose of voting for or against the |
19 |
| proposition to dissolve an elementary district and join a |
20 |
| partial elementary unit district for kindergarten through |
21 |
| 12 grade-level purposes for the following described |
22 |
| territory: (here describe territory by districts or |
23 |
| portions thereof, numbering them). The election is called |
24 |
| and will be held pursuant to an order of the Regional |
25 |
| Superintendent dated on (insert date), which order states |
26 |
| that the tax rates for (here list the purposes for which |
27 |
| taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
28 |
| subsection (f) of this Section) purposes, respectively, |
29 |
| for the proposed unit district shall be (here list the |
30 |
| maximum rates for which taxing authority is being sought in |
31 |
| conformity with subsection (f) of this Section), and which |
32 |
| rates shall constitute the tax rates for the unit district |
33 |
| if a majority of the voters in the elementary school |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 65 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| district voting on the proposition at the referendum vote |
2 |
| in favor thereof.
|
3 |
| Dated (insert date).
|
4 |
| Regional Superintendent of Schools ....................
|
5 |
| (f) The specification of taxing purposes and rates is as |
6 |
| follows:
|
7 |
| (1) For a district or districts not subject to the |
8 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, other than a partial |
9 |
| elementary unit district:
|
10 |
| (A) List the purposes for taxes subject to rate |
11 |
| limitations specified in Sections 17-2 and 17-3 of this |
12 |
| Code that the new district will be authorized to levy |
13 |
| (such as educational purposes and operations and |
14 |
| maintenance purposes). |
15 |
| (B) If it is desired to secure authority to levy |
16 |
| other taxes above the statutory permissive rate, then |
17 |
| these purposes must also be listed (such as special |
18 |
| educational purposes, leasing educational facilities |
19 |
| or computer technology purposes, and fire prevention |
20 |
| and safety purposes). |
21 |
| (C) For each tax purpose listed, list the maximum |
22 |
| rate at which the district will be authorized to levy |
23 |
| each tax (such as .....% for educational purposes and |
24 |
| .....% for operations and maintenance purposes).
|
25 |
| (2) For a district or districts that are subject to the |
26 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, other than a partial |
27 |
| elementary unit district: |
28 |
| (A) List the purpose for each and every tax that |
29 |
| the new district will be authorized to levy (such as |
30 |
| educational purposes and operations and maintenance |
31 |
| purposes). |
32 |
| (B) For each tax purpose listed, list the maximum |
33 |
| rate at which the district will be authorized to levy |
34 |
| each tax (such as .....% for educational purposes and |
35 |
| .....% for operations and maintenance purposes). |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 66 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (C) Include the information regarding the |
2 |
| aggregate extension base in conformity with the |
3 |
| provisions of Section 18-210 of the Property Tax Code. |
4 |
| (D) Include the information regarding the debt |
5 |
| service extension base in conformity with the |
6 |
| provisions of Section 18-212 of the Property Tax Code, |
7 |
| if desired. |
8 |
| (3) For a partial elementary unit district not subject |
9 |
| to the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law: |
10 |
| (A) List the purposes for taxes subject to rate |
11 |
| limitations specified in Sections 11E-70, 17-2, and |
12 |
| 17-3 of this Code that the new district will be |
13 |
| authorized to levy against property in the territory of |
14 |
| the district incorporated for K through 12 purposes, |
15 |
| followed by the purposes for taxes subject to rate |
16 |
| limitations that the new district will be authorized to |
17 |
| levy against property in the territory of the district |
18 |
| incorporated only for high school purposes (such as for |
19 |
| grades K through 12, educational purposes and |
20 |
| operations and maintenance purposes and for grades 9 |
21 |
| through 12, educational purposes and operations and |
22 |
| maintenance purposes).
|
23 |
| (B) If it is desired to secure authority to levy |
24 |
| other taxes above the statutory permissive rate, then |
25 |
| these purposes must also be listed for both K through |
26 |
| 12 and high school purposes (such as for grades K |
27 |
| through 12, special educational purposes, leasing |
28 |
| educational facilities or computer technology |
29 |
| purposes, and fire prevention and safety purposes and |
30 |
| for grades 9 through 12, special educational purposes |
31 |
| and leasing educational facilities or computer |
32 |
| technology purposes).
|
33 |
| (C) For each tax purpose listed, list the maximum |
34 |
| rate at which the district will be authorized to levy |
35 |
| each tax (such as .....% for K through 12 educational |
36 |
| purposes, .....% for K through 12 operations and |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 67 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| maintenance purposes, .....% for 9 through 12 |
2 |
| educational purposes, and .....% for 9 through 12 |
3 |
| operations and maintenance purposes).
|
4 |
| (4) For a partial elementary unit district that is |
5 |
| subject to the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law: |
6 |
| (A) List the purpose for each and every tax that |
7 |
| the new district will be authorized to levy first for K |
8 |
| through 12 purposes and then for high school purposes |
9 |
| as shown in subdivision (3) of this subsection (f). |
10 |
| (B) For each tax purpose listed, list the maximum |
11 |
| rate at which the district will be authorized to levy |
12 |
| each tax as shown in subdivision (3) of this subsection |
13 |
| (f). |
14 |
| (C) Include the information regarding the |
15 |
| aggregate extension base in conformity with the |
16 |
| provisions of Section 18-210 of the Property Tax Code. |
17 |
| (D) Include the information regarding the debt |
18 |
| service extension base in conformity with the |
19 |
| provisions of Section 18-212 of the Property Tax Code, |
20 |
| if desired.
|
21 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-60 new) |
22 |
| Sec. 11E-60. Ballots. |
23 |
| (a) Separate ballots shall be used for the election in each |
24 |
| affected district. If the petition requests the submission of a |
25 |
| proposition for the issuance of bonds, then that question shall |
26 |
| be submitted to the voters at the referendum on a separate |
27 |
| ballot. |
28 |
| (b) Ballots for all reorganization propositions submitted |
29 |
| under the provisions of this Article must be in substantially |
30 |
| the following form: |
31 |
| (1) Ballot in small unit district to be dissolved under |
32 |
| a small unit district conversion:
|
33 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 68 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| Shall Unit School District No. ..... of ....... County, |
2 |
| Illinois be dissolved and converted into a separate |
3 |
| elementary school district, with all territory of the unit |
4 |
| district so dissolved and converted also being annexed to |
5 |
| and incorporated into High School District No. ..... of |
6 |
| ....... County, Illinois and shall the elementary school |
7 |
| district so established have the authority to levy taxes at |
8 |
| the rate of .....% for (here list the purposes for which |
9 |
| taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
10 |
| subsection (c) of this Section) and High School District |
11 |
| No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois upon the annexation |
12 |
| have the authority to levy taxes at the rate of .....% for |
13 |
| (here list the purposes for which taxing authority is being |
14 |
| sought in conformity with subsection (c) of this Section), |
15 |
| each upon all of the taxable property of the district at |
16 |
| the value thereof, as equalized or assessed by the |
17 |
| Department of Revenue? |
18 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
19 |
| "No".
|
20 |
| (2) Ballot in high school district proposing to annex |
21 |
| territory under a small unit district conversion: |
22 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
23 |
| Shall High School District No. ..... of ....... County, |
24 |
| Illinois, with the authority to levy taxes at the rate of |
25 |
| .....% for (here list the purposes for which taxing |
26 |
| authority is being sought in conformity with subsection (c) |
27 |
| of this Section), each upon all of the taxable property of |
28 |
| the district at the value thereof, as equalized or assessed |
29 |
| by the Department of Revenue, annex the following described |
30 |
| territory: (here describe the territory of the unit |
31 |
| district proposed to be dissolved)? |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 69 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
2 |
| "No".
|
3 |
| (3) Ballot for multi-district conversion: |
4 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
5 |
| Shall (here name the districts to be dissolved) be |
6 |
| dissolved and (here name the districts to be established) |
7 |
| be established with the authority to levy taxes (here |
8 |
| repeat for each new district by name) at the rate of .....% |
9 |
| for (here list the purposes for which taxing authority is |
10 |
| being sought in conformity with subsection (c) of this |
11 |
| Section), each upon all of the taxable property of the |
12 |
| district at the value thereof, as equalized or assessed by |
13 |
| the Department of Revenue? |
14 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
15 |
| "No".
|
16 |
| (4) Ballot for combined school district formation: |
17 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
18 |
| Shall a combined (here insert elementary, high, or |
19 |
| unit) school district, with the authority to levy taxes at |
20 |
| the rate of .....% for (here list the purposes for which |
21 |
| taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
22 |
| subsection (c) of this Section), each upon all of the |
23 |
| taxable property of the district at the value thereof, as |
24 |
| equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, be |
25 |
| established? |
26 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
27 |
| "No".
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 70 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (5) Ballot for unit district formation (other than a |
2 |
| partial elementary unit district formation): |
3 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
4 |
| Shall a unit district, with the authority to levy taxes |
5 |
| at the rate of .....% for (here list the purposes for which |
6 |
| taxing authority is being sought in conformity with |
7 |
| subsection (c) of this Section), each upon all of the |
8 |
| taxable property of the district at the value thereof, as |
9 |
| equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, be |
10 |
| established? |
11 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
12 |
| "No".
|
13 |
| (6) Ballot for a combined high school - unit district |
14 |
| formation: |
15 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
16 |
| Shall a combined high school - unit district, with the |
17 |
| authority to levy taxes at the rate of .....% for (here |
18 |
| list the purposes for which taxing authority is being |
19 |
| sought in conformity with subsection (c) of this Section), |
20 |
| each upon all of the taxable property of the district at |
21 |
| the value thereof, as equalized or assessed by the |
22 |
| Department of Revenue, be established? |
23 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
24 |
| "No".
|
25 |
| (7) Ballot for an optional elementary unit district |
26 |
| formation: |
27 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 71 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| Shall an optional elementary unit district, with the |
2 |
| authority to levy taxes at the rate of .....% for (here |
3 |
| list the purposes for which taxing authority is being |
4 |
| sought in conformity with subsection (c) of this Section), |
5 |
| each upon all of the taxable property of the district at |
6 |
| the value thereof, as equalized or assessed by the |
7 |
| Department of Revenue, be established? |
8 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
9 |
| "No".
|
10 |
| (8) The ballot for an elementary school district to |
11 |
| dissolve and join a partial elementary unit district: |
12 |
| OFFICIAL BALLOT |
13 |
| Shall the elementary district be dissolved and join |
14 |
| partial elementary unit district (here identify the |
15 |
| district) serving grades kindergarten through 12, with the |
16 |
| authority to levy taxes at the rate of .....% for (here |
17 |
| list the purposes for which taxing authority is being |
18 |
| sought in conformity with subsection (c) of this Section), |
19 |
| each upon all of the taxable property of the district at |
20 |
| the value thereof, as equalized or assessed by the |
21 |
| Department of Revenue? |
22 |
| The election authority must record the votes "Yes" or |
23 |
| "No".
|
24 |
| (c) The specification for taxing purposes and rates is as |
25 |
| follows:
|
26 |
| (1) For a district or districts not subject to the |
27 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, other than a partial |
28 |
| elementary unit district: |
29 |
| (A) List the maximum rate for each of the purposes |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 72 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| for taxes subject to rate limitations specified in |
2 |
| Sections 17-2 and 17-3 of this Code that the new |
3 |
| district will be authorized to levy (such as .....% for |
4 |
| educational purposes and .....% for operations and |
5 |
| maintenance purposes). |
6 |
| (B) If it is desired to secure authority to levy |
7 |
| other taxes above the statutory permissive rate, then |
8 |
| these purposes must also be listed (such as .....% for |
9 |
| special educational purposes, .....% for leasing |
10 |
| educational facilities or computer technology |
11 |
| purposes, and .....% for fire prevention and safety |
12 |
| purposes). |
13 |
| (2) For a district or districts subject to the Property |
14 |
| Tax Extension Limitation Law, other than a partial |
15 |
| elementary unit district: |
16 |
| (A) List the maximum rate for each and every tax |
17 |
| purpose that the new district will be authorized to |
18 |
| levy (such as .....% for educational purposes and |
19 |
| .....% for operations and maintenance purposes). |
20 |
| (B) Include the information regarding the |
21 |
| aggregate extension base in conformity with the |
22 |
| provisions of Section 18-210 of the Property Tax Code. |
23 |
| (C) Include the information regarding the debt |
24 |
| service extension base in conformity with the |
25 |
| provisions of Section 18-212 of the Property Tax Code, |
26 |
| if desired. |
27 |
| (3) For a partial elementary unit district not subject |
28 |
| to the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law: |
29 |
| (A) List the maximum rate for each of the purposes |
30 |
| for taxes subject to rate limitations specified in |
31 |
| Sections 11E-70, 17-2, and 17-3 of this Code that the |
32 |
| new district will be authorized to levy for K through |
33 |
| 12 purposes and high school purposes (such as .....% |
34 |
| for educational purposes in grades K through 12, .....% |
35 |
| for operations and maintenance purposes in grades K |
36 |
| through 12, .....% for educational purposes in grades 9 |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 73 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| through 12, and .....% for operations and maintenance |
2 |
| purposes in grades 9 through 12). |
3 |
| (B) If it is desired to secure authority to levy |
4 |
| other taxes above the statutory permissive rate, then |
5 |
| these purposes must also be listed (such as .....% for |
6 |
| special educational purposes in grades K through 12 and |
7 |
| .....% for leasing educational facilities or computer |
8 |
| technology purposes in grades 9 through 12). |
9 |
| (4) For a partial elementary unit district that is |
10 |
| subject to the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law: |
11 |
| (A) List the maximum rate for each and every tax |
12 |
| purpose that the new district will be authorized to |
13 |
| levy for K through 12 purposes and for high school |
14 |
| purposes as shown in subdivision (3) of this subsection |
15 |
| (c). |
16 |
| (B) Include the information regarding the |
17 |
| aggregate extension base in conformity with the |
18 |
| provisions of Section 18-210 of the Property Tax Code. |
19 |
| (C) Include the information regarding the debt |
20 |
| service extension base in conformity with the |
21 |
| provisions of Section 18-212 of the Property Tax Code, |
22 |
| if desired.
|
23 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-65 new) |
24 |
| Sec. 11E-65. Passage requirements. |
25 |
| (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) and (c) |
26 |
| of this Section, if a majority of the electors voting at the |
27 |
| election in each affected district vote in favor of the |
28 |
| proposition submitted to them, then the proposition shall be |
29 |
| deemed to have passed. |
30 |
| (b) In the case of an optional elementary unit district to |
31 |
| be created as provided in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of |
32 |
| this Code, if a majority of the electors voting in the high |
33 |
| school district and a majority of the voters voting in at least |
34 |
| one affected elementary district vote in favor of the |
35 |
| proposition submitted to them, then the proposition shall be |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 74 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| deemed to have passed and an optional elementary unit district |
2 |
| shall be created for all of the territory included in the |
3 |
| petition for high school purposes, and for the territory |
4 |
| included in the affected elementary districts voting in favor |
5 |
| of the proposition for elementary purposes. |
6 |
| (c) In the case of an elementary district electing to join |
7 |
| a partial elementary unit district in accordance with |
8 |
| subsection (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a majority of |
9 |
| the electors voting in that elementary district only must vote |
10 |
| in favor of the proposition at a regularly scheduled election. |
11 |
| (d) (1) If a majority of the voters in at least 2 unit |
12 |
| districts have voted in favor of a proposition to create a new |
13 |
| unit district, but the proposition was not approved under the |
14 |
| standards set forth in subsection (a) of this Section, then the |
15 |
| members of the Committee of Ten shall submit an amended |
16 |
| petition for consolidation to the school boards of those |
17 |
| districts, as long as the territory involved is compact and |
18 |
| contiguous. The petition submitted to the school boards shall |
19 |
| be identical in form and substance to the petition previously |
20 |
| approved by the regional superintendent of schools, with the |
21 |
| sole exception that the territory comprising the proposed |
22 |
| district shall be amended to include the compact and contiguous |
23 |
| territory of those unit districts in which a majority of the |
24 |
| voters voted in favor of the proposal. |
25 |
| (2) Each school board to which the petition is |
26 |
| submitted shall meet and vote to approve or not approve the |
27 |
| amended petition no more than 30 days after it has been |
28 |
| filed with the school board. The regional superintendent of |
29 |
| schools shall make available to each school board with |
30 |
| which a petition has been filed all transcripts and records |
31 |
| of the previous petition hearing. The school boards shall, |
32 |
| by appropriate resolution, approve or disapprove the |
33 |
| amended petition. No school board may approve an amended |
34 |
| petition unless it first finds that the territory described |
35 |
| in the petition is compact and contiguous. |
36 |
| (3) If a majority of the members of each school board |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 75 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| to whom a petition is submitted votes in favor of the |
2 |
| amended petition, then the approved petition shall be |
3 |
| transmitted by the secretary of each school board to the |
4 |
| State Superintendent of Education, who shall, within 30 |
5 |
| days after receipt, approve or deny the amended petition |
6 |
| based on the criteria stated in subsection (c) of Section |
7 |
| 11E-50 of this Code. If approved by the State |
8 |
| Superintendent of Education, the petition shall be placed |
9 |
| on the ballot at the next regularly scheduled election.
|
10 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-70 new) |
11 |
| Sec. 11E-70. Taxes, bonds, and working cash funds. |
12 |
| (a)(1) If the election of the school board of the new |
13 |
| district occurs at a regular election and the school board |
14 |
| makes its initial levy or levies in that same year, the county |
15 |
| clerk shall extend the levy or levies notwithstanding any other |
16 |
| law that requires the adoption of a budget before the clerk may |
17 |
| extend the levy. In addition, the districts from which the new |
18 |
| district is formed, by joint agreement and with the approval of |
19 |
| the regional superintendent of schools, shall be permitted to |
20 |
| amend outstanding levies in the same calendar year in which the |
21 |
| creation of the new district is approved at the rates specified |
22 |
| in the petition. |
23 |
| (2) If the election of the school board of the new |
24 |
| district does not occur in the same calendar year that the |
25 |
| proposition to create the new district is approved, then |
26 |
| the districts from which the new district or districts are |
27 |
| formed, by joint agreement and with the approval of the |
28 |
| regional superintendent of schools, shall be permitted to |
29 |
| levy in the same calendar year in which the creation of the |
30 |
| new district is approved at the rates specified in the |
31 |
| petition. The county clerks shall extend any such levy |
32 |
| notwithstanding any law that requires adoption of a budget |
33 |
| before extension of the levy. |
34 |
| (b) The school board of any district involved in a school |
35 |
| district conversion or the school board of any new district |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 76 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| created under the provisions of this Article other than a |
2 |
| partial elementary unit district may do any of the following: |
3 |
| (1) May levy for the purposes and at not exceeding the |
4 |
| rates specified in the petition with respect to each |
5 |
| district, which rates thereafter may be increased or |
6 |
| decreased, in accordance with Sections 17-2 through 17-7 of |
7 |
| this Code, and may further levy taxes for other purposes as |
8 |
| generally permitted by law. |
9 |
| (2) May borrow money and issue bonds as authorized |
10 |
| under Articles 10 and 19 of this Code and as otherwise |
11 |
| permitted by law. |
12 |
| (3) May establish, maintain, or recreate a working cash |
13 |
| fund as authorized by Article 20 of this Code. |
14 |
| (c)(1) For the portion of the territory included for K |
15 |
| through 12 purposes, the school board of any new optional |
16 |
| elementary unit district may levy taxes at a rate, for each |
17 |
| statutorily authorized purpose, determined by combining the |
18 |
| lowest rate for that purpose extended by any of the elementary |
19 |
| districts included in the petition in the year immediately |
20 |
| preceding the creation of the new district and the rate for |
21 |
| that purpose extended by the high school district included in |
22 |
| the petition in the year immediately preceding the creation of |
23 |
| the new district, provided that the rates are specified in the |
24 |
| petition to form the new district. If any resulting combined |
25 |
| elementary and high school rate for any statutorily authorized |
26 |
| purpose is less than the maximum rate otherwise applicable to |
27 |
| unit districts, as specified elsewhere in statute, then the |
28 |
| rate may be specified in the petition and on the ballot at a |
29 |
| rate not exceeding the maximum rate otherwise applicable to |
30 |
| unit districts, as specified elsewhere in statute. |
31 |
| (2) For the portion of the territory included only for |
32 |
| high school purposes, the school board of any new optional |
33 |
| elementary unit district may levy taxes at a rate for each |
34 |
| statutorily authorized purpose not exceeding the rate for |
35 |
| that purpose extended by the high school district in the |
36 |
| year immediately preceding the creation of the new |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 77 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| district, provided that the rates are specified in the |
2 |
| petition to form the new district. |
3 |
| (3) For the portion of the territory included for K |
4 |
| through 12 purposes, beginning with the third year of |
5 |
| operation of the new optional elementary unit district, any |
6 |
| rate determined pursuant to paragraph (1) of this |
7 |
| subsection (c) that exceeds the maximum rate otherwise |
8 |
| applicable to unit districts, as specified elsewhere in |
9 |
| statute, must be reduced by 0.10% each year until the rate |
10 |
| is reduced to the maximum rate otherwise applicable to unit |
11 |
| districts, as specified elsewhere in statute. |
12 |
| (4) For the portion of the territory included for K |
13 |
| through 12 purposes, the school board may, subsequent to |
14 |
| the formation of the district and in accordance with |
15 |
| Sections 17-2 through 17-7 of this Code, seek to increase |
16 |
| or decrease the rates for any statutorily authorized |
17 |
| purpose that do not exceed the maximum rate otherwise |
18 |
| applicable to unit districts, as specified elsewhere in |
19 |
| statute, provided that in no case may an increased rate |
20 |
| exceed the maximum rate otherwise applicable to unit |
21 |
| districts, as specified elsewhere in statute. For the |
22 |
| portion of the territory included only for high school |
23 |
| purposes, the school board may, subsequent to the formation |
24 |
| of the district and in accordance with Sections 17-2 |
25 |
| through 17-7 of this Code, seek to increase or decrease the |
26 |
| rates determined pursuant to paragraph (2) of this |
27 |
| subsection (c), provided that in no case may an increased |
28 |
| rate exceed the maximum rate otherwise applicable to high |
29 |
| school districts, as specified elsewhere in statute. The |
30 |
| school board may further levy taxes for other purposes as |
31 |
| generally permitted by law. |
32 |
| (5) The school board may borrow money and issue bonds, |
33 |
| as authorized by Articles 10 and 19 of this Code, |
34 |
| separately for elementary purposes and for high school |
35 |
| purposes (but not for K through 12 purposes), as provided |
36 |
| in Articles 10 and 19 of this Code and as otherwise |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 78 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| permitted by law. |
2 |
| (6) The school board may establish, maintain, or |
3 |
| recreate a working cash fund separately for elementary |
4 |
| purposes and for high school purposes (but not for K |
5 |
| through 12 purposes), as authorized by Article 20 of this |
6 |
| Code. |
7 |
| (d)(1) For the portion of the territory included for K |
8 |
| through 12 purposes, the school board of any new combined high |
9 |
| school - unit district may levy taxes at a rate, for each |
10 |
| statutorily authorized purpose, not exceeding the rate for that |
11 |
| purpose extended by the unit district included in the petition |
12 |
| in the year immediately preceding the creation of the new |
13 |
| district, provided that the rates are specified in the petition |
14 |
| to form the new district. |
15 |
| (2) For the portion of the territory included only for |
16 |
| high school purposes, the school board of any new combined |
17 |
| high school - unit district may levy taxes at a rate, for |
18 |
| each statutorily authorized purpose, not exceeding the |
19 |
| rate for that purpose extended by the high school district |
20 |
| in the year immediately preceding the creation of the new |
21 |
| district, provided that the rates are specified in the |
22 |
| petition to form the new district. |
23 |
| (3) For the portion of the territory included for K |
24 |
| through 12 purposes, the school board may, subsequent to |
25 |
| the formation of the district, seek to increase or decrease |
26 |
| the rates determined pursuant to paragraph (1) of this |
27 |
| subsection (d), in accordance with Sections 17-2 through |
28 |
| 17-7 of this Code, provided that in no case may an |
29 |
| increased rate exceed the maximum rate otherwise |
30 |
| applicable to unit districts as specified elsewhere in |
31 |
| statute. For the portion of the territory included only for |
32 |
| high school purposes, the school board may, subsequent to |
33 |
| the formation of the district, seek to increase or decrease |
34 |
| the rates determined pursuant to paragraph (2) of this |
35 |
| subsection (d), in accordance with Sections 17-2 through |
36 |
| 17-7 of this Code, provided that in no case may an |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 79 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| increased rate exceed the maximum rate otherwise |
2 |
| applicable to high school districts, as specified |
3 |
| elsewhere in statute. The school board may further levy |
4 |
| taxes for other purposes as generally permitted by law. |
5 |
| (4) The school board may borrow money and issue bonds, |
6 |
| as authorized by Articles 10 and 19 of this Code, |
7 |
| separately for elementary purposes and for high school |
8 |
| purposes (but not for K through 12 purposes), as provided |
9 |
| in Articles 10 and 19 of this Code and as otherwise |
10 |
| permitted by law. |
11 |
| (5) The school board may establish, maintain, or |
12 |
| recreate a working cash fund separately for elementary |
13 |
| purposes and high school purposes (but not for K through 12 |
14 |
| purposes), as authorized by Article 20 of this Code.
|
15 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-75 new) |
16 |
| Sec. 11E-75. Effective date of change. |
17 |
| (a) In case a petition is filed after August 1, the change |
18 |
| is granted and approved at election, and no appeal is taken, |
19 |
| the change shall become effective after the time for appeal has |
20 |
| run for the purpose of all elections; however, the change shall |
21 |
| not affect the administration of the schools until July 1 |
22 |
| following the date that the school board election is held for |
23 |
| the new district or districts and the school boards of the |
24 |
| districts as they existed prior to the change shall exercise |
25 |
| the same power and authority over the territory until that |
26 |
| date, except that a new district shall be permitted to organize |
27 |
| and elect officers within the time prescribed by the general |
28 |
| election law. |
29 |
| (b) For any school district conversion, upon the close of |
30 |
| the then current school year during which any unit district is |
31 |
| dissolved under the provisions of this Article, the terms of |
32 |
| office of the school board of the dissolved unit district shall |
33 |
| terminate. |
34 |
| (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, new |
35 |
| districts shall be permitted to organize and elect officers |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 80 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| within the time prescribed by the general election law. |
2 |
| Additionally, between the date of the organization and the |
3 |
| election of officers and the date on which the new district |
4 |
| takes effect for all purposes, the new district shall also be |
5 |
| permitted, with the stipulation of the districts from which the |
6 |
| new district is formed and the approval of the regional |
7 |
| superintendent of schools, to take all action necessary or |
8 |
| appropriate to do the following: |
9 |
| (1) Establish the tax levy for the new district, in |
10 |
| lieu of the levies by the districts from which the new |
11 |
| district is formed, within the time generally provided by |
12 |
| law and in accordance with Section 11E-70 of this Code. The |
13 |
| funds produced by the levy shall be transferred to the new |
14 |
| district as generally provided by law at such time as they |
15 |
| are received by the county collector. |
16 |
| (2) Enter into agreements with depositories and direct |
17 |
| the deposit and investment of any funds received from the |
18 |
| county collector or any other source, all as generally |
19 |
| provided by law. |
20 |
| (3) Conduct a search for the superintendent of the new |
21 |
| district and enter into a contract with the person selected |
22 |
| to serve as the superintendent of the new district in |
23 |
| accordance with the provisions of this Code generally |
24 |
| applicable to the employment of a superintendent. |
25 |
| (4) Engage the services of accountants, architects, |
26 |
| attorneys, and other consultants, including but not |
27 |
| limited to consultants to assist in the search for the |
28 |
| superintendent. |
29 |
| (5) Plan for the transition from the administration of |
30 |
| the schools by the districts from which the new district is |
31 |
| formed. |
32 |
| (6) Bargain collectively, pursuant to the Illinois |
33 |
| Educational Labor Relations Act, with the certified |
34 |
| exclusive bargaining representative or certified exclusive |
35 |
| bargaining representatives of the new district's |
36 |
| employees. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 81 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (7) Expend the funds received from the levy in order to |
2 |
| permit any of the districts from which the new district is |
3 |
| formed to meet payroll and other essential operating |
4 |
| expenses until the new district takes effect for all |
5 |
| purposes. |
6 |
| (8) Expend the funds received from the levy, and any |
7 |
| funds received from the districts from which the new |
8 |
| district is formed, in the exercise of the foregoing |
9 |
| powers. |
10 |
| (9) Issue bonds pursuant to and in accordance with all |
11 |
| of the requirements of Section 17-2.11 of this Code, levy |
12 |
| taxes upon all of the taxable property within the new |
13 |
| district to pay the principal of and interest on those |
14 |
| bonds as provided in Section 17-2.11 of this Code, expend |
15 |
| the proceeds of the bonds and enter into any necessary |
16 |
| contracts for the work financed therewith as authorized by |
17 |
| Section 17-2.11 of this Code and other applicable law, and |
18 |
| avail themselves of the provisions of other applicable law, |
19 |
| including the Omnibus Bond Acts, in connection with the |
20 |
| issuance of those bonds. |
21 |
| (d) After the granting of a petition has become final and |
22 |
| approved at election, the date when the change becomes |
23 |
| effective for purposes of administration and attendance may be |
24 |
| accelerated or postponed by stipulation of the school board of |
25 |
| each district affected and approval by the regional |
26 |
| superintendent of schools with which the original petition is |
27 |
| required to be filed.
|
28 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-80 new) |
29 |
| Sec. 11E-80. Map showing change. Within 30 days after a new |
30 |
| school district has been created or the boundaries of an |
31 |
| existing district have been changed under the provisions of |
32 |
| this Article, the regional superintendent of schools of any |
33 |
| county involved shall make and file with the county clerk of |
34 |
| his or her county a map of any districts changed by the action, |
35 |
| whereupon the county clerk or county clerks, as the case may |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 82 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| be, shall extend taxes against the territory in accordance |
2 |
| therewith. |
3 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-85 new) |
4 |
| Sec. 11E-85. Assets, liabilities and bonded indebtedness; |
5 |
| tax rate. |
6 |
| (a) Subject to the terms and provisions of subsections (b) |
7 |
| and (c) of this Section, whenever a new district is created |
8 |
| under any of the provisions of this Article, the outstanding |
9 |
| bonded indebtedness shall be treated as provided in this |
10 |
| subsection (a) and in Section 19-29 of this Code. The tax rate |
11 |
| for bonded indebtedness shall be determined in the manner |
12 |
| provided in Section 19-7 of this Code, and, notwithstanding the |
13 |
| creation of any such district, the county clerk or clerks shall |
14 |
| annually extend taxes, for each outstanding bond issue against |
15 |
| all of the taxable property that was situated within the |
16 |
| boundaries of the district, as those boundaries existed at the |
17 |
| time of the issuance of the bond issue, regardless of whether |
18 |
| the property is still contained in that same district at the |
19 |
| time of the extension of the taxes by the county clerk or |
20 |
| clerks. Unless the petition, notice, and ballot provide |
21 |
| otherwise, the debt service extension base of any dissolved |
22 |
| district shall be apportioned among the existing or new |
23 |
| districts in the same proportion as the debt service payments. |
24 |
| (b) For a unit district formation, whenever a part of a |
25 |
| district is included within the boundaries of a newly created |
26 |
| unit district, the regional superintendent of schools shall |
27 |
| cause an accounting to be had between the districts affected by |
28 |
| the change in boundaries as provided for in Article 11C of this |
29 |
| Code. Whenever the entire territory of 2 or more school |
30 |
| districts is organized into a unit district pursuant to a |
31 |
| petition filed under this Article, the petition may provide |
32 |
| that the entire territory of the new unit district shall assume |
33 |
| the bonded indebtedness of the previously existing school |
34 |
| districts. In that case, the tax rate for bonded indebtedness |
35 |
| shall be determined in the manner provided in Section 19-7 of |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 83 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| this Code, except that the county clerk shall annually extend |
2 |
| taxes for each outstanding bond issue against all the taxable |
3 |
| property situated in the new unit district as it exists after |
4 |
| the organization. |
5 |
| (c)(1) For a small unit district conversion, upon the |
6 |
| effective date of the change as provided in Section 11E-75 and |
7 |
| subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) of this subsection |
8 |
| (c), the newly created elementary district shall receive all of |
9 |
| the assets and assume all of the liabilities and obligations of |
10 |
| the dissolved unit district. |
11 |
| (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of |
12 |
| this subsection (c), upon the stipulation of the school |
13 |
| board of the annexing high school district and either (i) |
14 |
| the school board of the unit district prior to the |
15 |
| effective date of its dissolution or (ii) thereafter the |
16 |
| school board of the newly created elementary district and |
17 |
| with the approval in either case of the regional |
18 |
| superintendent of schools of the educational service |
19 |
| region in which the territory described in the petition |
20 |
| filed under this Article or the greater percentage of |
21 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the territory is situated, |
22 |
| the assets, liabilities, and obligations of the dissolved |
23 |
| unit district may be divided and assumed between and by the |
24 |
| newly created elementary district and the annexing high |
25 |
| school district in accordance with the terms and provisions |
26 |
| of the stipulation and approval. In this event, the |
27 |
| provisions of Section 19-29 shall be applied to determine |
28 |
| the debt incurring power of the newly created elementary |
29 |
| district and of the contiguous annexing high school |
30 |
| district. |
31 |
| (3) Without regard to whether the receipt of assets and |
32 |
| the assumption of liabilities and obligations of the |
33 |
| dissolved unit district is determined pursuant to |
34 |
| paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection (c), the tax rate |
35 |
| for bonded indebtedness shall be determined in the manner |
36 |
| provided in Section 19-7, and, notwithstanding the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 84 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| creation of this new elementary district, the county clerk |
2 |
| or clerks shall annually extend taxes for each outstanding |
3 |
| bond issue against all of the taxable property that was |
4 |
| situated within the boundaries of the dissolved unit |
5 |
| district as those boundaries existed at the time of the |
6 |
| issuance of the bond issue, regardless of whether the |
7 |
| property was still contained in that unit district at the |
8 |
| time of its dissolution and regardless of whether the |
9 |
| property is contained in the newly created elementary |
10 |
| district at the time of the extension of the taxes by the |
11 |
| county clerk or clerks.
|
12 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-90 new) |
13 |
| Sec. 11E-90. Teachers in contractual continued service. |
14 |
| (a) When a small unit district conversion or multi-district |
15 |
| conversion becomes effective for purposes of administration |
16 |
| and attendance, as determined pursuant to Section 11E-75 of |
17 |
| this Code, the provisions of Section 24-12 of this Code |
18 |
| relative to the contractual continued service status of |
19 |
| teachers having contractual continued service whose positions |
20 |
| are transferred from one school board to the control of a new |
21 |
| or different school board shall apply, and the positions held |
22 |
| by teachers, as that term is defined in Section 24-11 of this |
23 |
| Code, having contractual continued service with the unit |
24 |
| district at the time of its dissolution shall be transferred on |
25 |
| the following basis: |
26 |
| (1) positions of teachers in contractual continued |
27 |
| service that, during the 5 school years immediately |
28 |
| preceding the effective date of the change, as determined |
29 |
| under Section 11E-75 of this Code, were full-time positions |
30 |
| in which all of the time required of the position was spent |
31 |
| in one or more of grades 9 through 12 shall be transferred |
32 |
| to the control of the school board of the annexing high |
33 |
| school district (for a small unit district conversion) or |
34 |
| new high school district (for a multi-district |
35 |
| conversion); |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 85 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (2) positions of teachers in contractual continued |
2 |
| service that, during the 5 school years immediately |
3 |
| preceding the effective date of the change, as determined |
4 |
| under Section 11E-75 of this Code, were full-time positions |
5 |
| in which all of the time required of the position was spent |
6 |
| in one or more of grades kindergarten through 8 shall be |
7 |
| transferred to the control of the school board of the newly |
8 |
| created successor elementary district; and |
9 |
| (3) positions of teachers in contractual continued |
10 |
| service that were full-time positions not required to be |
11 |
| transferred to the control of the board of the annexing or |
12 |
| new high school district or the board of the newly created |
13 |
| successor elementary district under the provisions of |
14 |
| subdivision (1) or (2) of this subsection (a) shall be |
15 |
| transferred to the control of whichever of the boards the |
16 |
| teacher shall request. |
17 |
| (4) With respect to each position to be transferred |
18 |
| under the provisions of this subsection (a), the amount of |
19 |
| time required of each position to be spent in one or more |
20 |
| of grades kindergarten through 8 and 9 through 12 shall be |
21 |
| determined with reference to the applicable records of the |
22 |
| unit district being dissolved pursuant to stipulation of |
23 |
| the school board of the unit district prior to the |
24 |
| effective date of its dissolution or thereafter of the |
25 |
| school board of the newly created districts and, in the |
26 |
| case of a small unit district conversion, the annexing high |
27 |
| school district and with the approval in either case of the |
28 |
| regional superintendent of schools of the educational |
29 |
| service region in which the territory described in the |
30 |
| petition filed under this Article or the greater percentage |
31 |
| of equalized assessed evaluation of the territory is |
32 |
| situated; however, if no such stipulation can be agreed |
33 |
| upon, the regional superintendent of schools, after |
34 |
| hearing any additional relevant and material evidence that |
35 |
| any school board desires to submit, shall make the |
36 |
| determination. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 86 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (b) When the creation of a unit district or a combined |
2 |
| school district becomes effective for purposes of |
3 |
| administration and attendance, as determined pursuant to |
4 |
| Section 11E-75 of this Code, the positions of teachers in |
5 |
| contractual continued service in the districts involved in the |
6 |
| creation of the new district are transferred to the newly |
7 |
| created district pursuant to the provisions of Section 24-12 of |
8 |
| this Code relative to teachers having contractual continued |
9 |
| service status whose positions are transferred from one board |
10 |
| to the control of a different board, and those provisions of |
11 |
| Section 24-12 shall apply to these transferred teachers. The |
12 |
| contractual continued service status of any teacher thereby |
13 |
| transferred to the newly created district is not lost and the |
14 |
| new school board is subject to this Code with respect to the |
15 |
| transferred teacher in the same manner as if the teacher was |
16 |
| that district's employee and had been its employee during the |
17 |
| time the teacher was actually employed by the school board of |
18 |
| the district from which the position was transferred.
|
19 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-95 new) |
20 |
| Sec. 11E-95. Limitations on contesting boundary change. |
21 |
| Neither the People of the State of Illinois, any person or |
22 |
| corporation, private or public, nor any association of persons |
23 |
| shall commence an action contesting either directly or |
24 |
| indirectly the dissolution, division, annexation, or creation |
25 |
| of any new school district under the provisions of this |
26 |
| Article, unless the action is commenced within one year after |
27 |
| the order providing for the action has become final, within one |
28 |
| year after the date of the election provided for in this |
29 |
| Article if no proceedings to contest the election are duly |
30 |
| instituted within the time permitted by law, or within one year |
31 |
| after the final disposition of any proceedings that may be so |
32 |
| instituted to contest the election; however, where a limitation |
33 |
| of a shorter period is prescribed by statute, the shorter |
34 |
| limitation shall apply, and the limitation set forth in this |
35 |
| Section shall not apply to any order where the judge, body, or |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 87 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| officer entering the order being challenged did not at the time |
2 |
| of the entry of the order have jurisdiction of the subject |
3 |
| matter. |
4 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-100 new) |
5 |
| Sec. 11E-100. Limitation on successive petitions. |
6 |
| (a) No affected district shall be again involved in |
7 |
| proceedings under this Article for at least 2 years after final |
8 |
| determination of the first proceeding, unless during that 2 |
9 |
| year period a petition filed is substantially different than |
10 |
| any other previously filed petition during the previous 2 years |
11 |
| or if an affected district is placed on academic watch status |
12 |
| or the financial watch list by the State Board of Education or |
13 |
| is certified as being in financial difficulty during that 2 |
14 |
| year period. |
15 |
| (b) Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed to |
16 |
| limit or restrict the ability of an elementary district to join |
17 |
| a partial elementary unit district in accordance with the terms |
18 |
| and provisions of subsection (c) of Section 11E-30 of this |
19 |
| Code.
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-105 new) |
21 |
| Sec. 11E-105. Districts not penalized for nonrecognition. |
22 |
| Any school district included in a petition for reorganization |
23 |
| as authorized under this Article shall not suffer loss of State |
24 |
| aid as a result of being placed on nonrecognition status if the |
25 |
| district continues to operate and the petition is granted. |
26 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-110 new) |
27 |
| Sec. 11E-110. Unit district formation and joint agreement |
28 |
| vocational education program. |
29 |
| (a) If a unit district is established under the provisions |
30 |
| of this Article and more than 50% of the territory of the unit |
31 |
| district is territory that immediately prior to its inclusion |
32 |
| in the unit district was included in a high school district or |
33 |
| districts that were signatories under the same joint agreement |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 88 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| vocational education program, pursuant to the provisions of |
2 |
| this Code, then the unit district shall upon its establishment |
3 |
| be deemed to be a member and signatory to the joint agreement |
4 |
| and shall also have the right to continue to extend taxes under |
5 |
| any previous authority to levy a tax under Section 17-2.4 of |
6 |
| this Code. |
7 |
| (b) In those instances, however, when more than 50% of the |
8 |
| territory of any unit district was not, immediately prior to |
9 |
| its establishment, included within the territory of a high |
10 |
| school district that was a signatory to the same joint |
11 |
| agreement vocational education program, then the unit district |
12 |
| shall not be deemed upon its establishment to be a signatory to |
13 |
| the joint agreement nor shall the unit district be deemed to |
14 |
| have the special tax levy rights under Section 17-2.4 of this |
15 |
| Code. |
16 |
| (c) Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to forbid the |
17 |
| unit district from subsequently joining a joint agreement |
18 |
| vocational education program and to thereafter levy a tax under |
19 |
| Section 17-2.4 of this Code by following the provisions of |
20 |
| Section 17-2.4. In the event that any such unit district should |
21 |
| subsequently join any such joint agreement vocational |
22 |
| education program, it shall be entitled to a fair credit, as |
23 |
| computed by the State Board of Education, for any capital |
24 |
| contributions previously made to the joint agreement |
25 |
| vocational education program from taxes levied against the |
26 |
| assessed valuation of property situated in any part of the |
27 |
| territory included within the unit district.
|
28 |
| (105 ILCS 5/11E-115 new) |
29 |
| Sec. 11E-115. Incentives. For districts reorganizing under |
30 |
| this Article and for a district or districts that annex all of |
31 |
| the territory of one or more entire other school districts in |
32 |
| accordance with Article 7 of this Code, the following payments |
33 |
| shall be made from appropriations made for these purposes: |
34 |
| (a)(1) For a combined school district, as defined in |
35 |
| Section 11E-20 of this Code, or for a unit district, as defined |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 89 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| in Section 11E-25 of this Code, for its first year of |
2 |
| existence, the general State aid and supplemental general State |
3 |
| aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be |
4 |
| computed for the new district and for the previously existing |
5 |
| districts for which property is totally included within the new |
6 |
| district. If the computation on the basis of the previously |
7 |
| existing districts is greater, a supplementary payment equal to |
8 |
| the difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence |
9 |
| of the new district. |
10 |
| (2) For a school district that annexes all of the |
11 |
| territory of one or more entire other school districts as |
12 |
| defined in Article 7 or clause (2) of subsection (a) of |
13 |
| Section 11E-15 of this Code, for the first year during |
14 |
| which the change of boundaries attributable to the |
15 |
| annexation becomes effective for all purposes, as |
16 |
| determined under Section 7-9 or 11E-75 of this Code, the |
17 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
18 |
| calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be |
19 |
| computed for the annexing district as constituted after the |
20 |
| annexation and for the annexing and each annexed district |
21 |
| as constituted prior to the annexation; and if the |
22 |
| computation on the basis of the annexing and annexed |
23 |
| districts as constituted prior to the annexation is |
24 |
| greater, then a supplementary payment equal to the |
25 |
| difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence |
26 |
| of the annexing school district as constituted upon the |
27 |
| annexation. |
28 |
| (3) For 2 or more school districts that annex all of |
29 |
| the territory of one or more entire other school districts, |
30 |
| as defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year |
31 |
| during which the change of boundaries attributable to the |
32 |
| annexation becomes effective for all purposes, as |
33 |
| determined under Section 7-9 of this Code, the general |
34 |
| State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated |
35 |
| under Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be computed for |
36 |
| each annexing district as constituted after the annexation |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 90 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| and for each annexing and annexed district as constituted |
2 |
| prior to the annexation; and if the aggregate of the |
3 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid as so |
4 |
| computed for the annexing districts as constituted after |
5 |
| the annexation is less than the aggregate of the general |
6 |
| State aid and supplemental general State aid as so computed |
7 |
| for the annexing and annexed districts, as constituted |
8 |
| prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment equal |
9 |
| to the difference shall be made and allocated between or |
10 |
| among the annexing districts, as constituted upon the |
11 |
| annexation, for the first 4 years of their existence. The |
12 |
| total difference payment shall be allocated between or |
13 |
| among the annexing districts in the same ratio as the pupil |
14 |
| enrollment from that portion of the annexed district or |
15 |
| districts that is annexed to each annexing district bears |
16 |
| to the total pupil enrollment from the entire annexed |
17 |
| district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is |
18 |
| determined for the school year last ending prior to the |
19 |
| date when the change of boundaries attributable to the |
20 |
| annexation becomes effective for all purposes. The amount |
21 |
| of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to |
22 |
| be allocated to the annexing districts shall be computed by |
23 |
| the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil |
24 |
| enrollment and other data that shall be certified to the |
25 |
| State Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide |
26 |
| for that purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools |
27 |
| for each educational service region in which the annexing |
28 |
| and annexed districts are located. |
29 |
| (4) For a multi-district conversion as defined in |
30 |
| subsection (b) of Section 11E-15 of this Code, if in their |
31 |
| first year of existence the newly created elementary |
32 |
| districts and the newly created high school district |
33 |
| qualify for less general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of |
34 |
| this Code than would have been payable under Section |
35 |
| 18-8.05 for that same year to the previously existing |
36 |
| districts, then a supplementary payment equal to that |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 91 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| difference shall be made for the first 3 years of existence |
2 |
| of the newly created districts. The aggregate amount of |
3 |
| each supplementary payment shall be allocated among the |
4 |
| newly created districts in the proportion that the deemed |
5 |
| pupil enrollment in each district during its first year of |
6 |
| existence bears to the actual aggregate pupil enrollment in |
7 |
| all of the districts during their first year of existence. |
8 |
| For purposes of each allocation: |
9 |
| (A) the deemed pupil enrollment of the newly |
10 |
| created high school district shall be an amount equal |
11 |
| to its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of |
12 |
| existence multiplied by 1.25; and |
13 |
| (B) the deemed pupil enrollment of each newly |
14 |
| created elementary district shall be an amount equal to |
15 |
| its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of |
16 |
| existence reduced by an amount equal to the product |
17 |
| obtained when the amount by which the newly created |
18 |
| high school district's deemed pupil enrollment exceeds |
19 |
| its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of |
20 |
| existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of |
21 |
| which is the actual pupil enrollment of the newly |
22 |
| created elementary district for its first year of |
23 |
| existence and the denominator of which is the actual |
24 |
| aggregate pupil enrollment of all of the newly created |
25 |
| elementary districts for their first year of |
26 |
| existence. The aggregate amount of each supplementary |
27 |
| payment under this paragraph (4) and the amount thereof |
28 |
| to be allocated to the newly created districts shall be |
29 |
| computed by the State Board of Education on the basis |
30 |
| of pupil enrollment and other data that shall be |
31 |
| certified to the State Board of Education, on forms |
32 |
| that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional |
33 |
| superintendent of schools for each educational service |
34 |
| region in which the newly created districts are |
35 |
| located. |
36 |
| (5) For a partial elementary unit district, if, in the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 92 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| first year of existence, the newly created partial |
2 |
| elementary unit district qualifies for less general State |
3 |
| aid and supplemental general State aid under Section |
4 |
| 18-8.05 of this Code than would have been payable under |
5 |
| that Section for that same year to the previously existing |
6 |
| districts that formed the partial elementary unit |
7 |
| district, then a supplementary payment equal to that |
8 |
| difference shall be made to the partial elementary unit |
9 |
| district for the first 4 years of existence of that newly |
10 |
| created district. |
11 |
| (6) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection |
12 |
| (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the General State aid |
13 |
| difference shall be computed in accordance with paragraph |
14 |
| (5) of this subsection (a) as if the elementary opt-in was |
15 |
| included in the partial elementary unit district at the |
16 |
| partial elementary unit district's original effective |
17 |
| date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than |
18 |
| that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at |
19 |
| the partial elementary unit district's original effective |
20 |
| date, then no adjustments may be made. If the calculation |
21 |
| in this paragraph (6) is more than that calculated in |
22 |
| paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the partial |
23 |
| elementary unit district's original effective date, then |
24 |
| the excess must be paid as follows: |
25 |
| (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
26 |
| is one year after the effective date for the partial |
27 |
| elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated |
28 |
| excess shall be paid to the partial elementary unit |
29 |
| district in each of the first 4 years after the |
30 |
| effective date of the elementary opt-in. |
31 |
| (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
32 |
| is 2 years after the effective date for the partial |
33 |
| elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess |
34 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
35 |
| in each of the first 4 years after the effective date |
36 |
| of the elementary opt-in. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 93 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
2 |
| is 3 years after the effective date for the partial |
3 |
| elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess |
4 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
5 |
| in each of the first 4 years after the effective date |
6 |
| of the elementary opt-in. |
7 |
| (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
8 |
| is 4 years after the effective date for the partial |
9 |
| elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess |
10 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
11 |
| in each of the first 4 years after the effective date |
12 |
| of the elementary opt-in. |
13 |
| (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
14 |
| is 5 years after the effective date for the partial |
15 |
| elementary unit district, the partial elementary unit |
16 |
| district is not eligible for any additional incentives |
17 |
| due to the elementary opt-in. |
18 |
| (7) Claims for financial assistance under this |
19 |
| subsection (a) may not be recomputed except as expressly |
20 |
| provided under Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
21 |
| (8) Any supplementary payment made under this |
22 |
| subsection (a) must be treated as separate from all other |
23 |
| payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
24 |
| (b)(1) After the formation of a combined school district, |
25 |
| as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or a unit district, |
26 |
| as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall |
27 |
| be made to determine the difference between the salaries |
28 |
| effective in each of the previously existing districts on June |
29 |
| 30, prior to the creation of the new district. For the first 4 |
30 |
| years after the formation of the new district, a supplementary |
31 |
| State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the new district equal |
32 |
| to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by |
33 |
| each of the certificated members of the new district, while |
34 |
| employed in one of the previously existing districts during the |
35 |
| year immediately preceding the formation of the new district, |
36 |
| and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 94 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| have been paid during the year immediately prior to the |
2 |
| formation of the new district if placed on the salary schedule |
3 |
| of the previously existing district with the highest salary |
4 |
| schedule. |
5 |
| (2) After the territory of one or more school districts |
6 |
| is annexed by one or more other school districts as defined |
7 |
| in Article 7 or clause (2) of subsection (a) of Section |
8 |
| 11E-15 of this Code, a computation shall be made to |
9 |
| determine the difference between the salaries effective in |
10 |
| each annexed district and in the annexing district or |
11 |
| districts as they were each constituted on June 30 |
12 |
| preceding the date when the change of boundaries |
13 |
| attributable to the annexation became effective for all |
14 |
| purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 or Section 11E-75 |
15 |
| of this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a |
16 |
| supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to each |
17 |
| annexing district as constituted after the annexation |
18 |
| equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries |
19 |
| earned by each of the certificated members of the annexing |
20 |
| district as constituted after the annexation, while |
21 |
| employed in an annexed or annexing district during the year |
22 |
| immediately preceding the annexation, and the sum of the |
23 |
| salaries those certificated members would have been paid |
24 |
| during the immediately preceding year if placed on the |
25 |
| salary schedule of whichever of the annexing or annexed |
26 |
| districts had the highest salary schedule during the |
27 |
| immediately preceding year. |
28 |
| (3) For each new high school district formed under a |
29 |
| multi-district conversion, as defined in Section |
30 |
| subsection (b) of Section 11E-15 of this Code, the State |
31 |
| shall make a supplementary payment for 3 years equal to the |
32 |
| difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each |
33 |
| certified member of the new high school district, while |
34 |
| employed in one of the previously existing districts, and |
35 |
| the sum of the salaries those certified members would have |
36 |
| been paid if placed on the salary schedule of the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 95 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| previously existing district with the highest salary |
2 |
| schedule. |
3 |
| (4) For each newly created partial elementary unit |
4 |
| district, the State shall make a supplementary payment for |
5 |
| 4 years equal to the difference between the sum of the |
6 |
| salaries earned by each certified member of the newly |
7 |
| created partial elementary unit district, while employed |
8 |
| in one of the previously existing districts that formed the |
9 |
| partial elementary unit district, and the sum of the |
10 |
| salaries those certified members would have been paid if |
11 |
| placed on the salary schedule of the previously existing |
12 |
| district with the highest salary schedule. The salary |
13 |
| schedules used in the calculation shall be those in effect |
14 |
| in the previously existing districts for the school year |
15 |
| prior to the creation of the new partial elementary unit |
16 |
| district. |
17 |
| (5) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection |
18 |
| (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the salary difference |
19 |
| incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph |
20 |
| (4) of this subsection (b) as if the opted-in elementary |
21 |
| was included in the partial elementary unit district at the |
22 |
| partial elementary unit district's original effective |
23 |
| date. If the calculation in this paragraph (5) is less than |
24 |
| that calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at |
25 |
| the partial elementary unit district's original effective |
26 |
| date, then no adjustments may be made. If the calculation |
27 |
| in this paragraph (5) is more than that calculated in |
28 |
| paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the partial |
29 |
| elementary unit district's original effective date, then |
30 |
| the excess must be paid as follows: |
31 |
| (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
32 |
| is one year after the effective date for the partial |
33 |
| elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated |
34 |
| excess shall be paid to the partial elementary unit |
35 |
| district in each of the first 4 years after the |
36 |
| effective date of the elementary opt-in. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 96 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
2 |
| is 2 years after the effective date for the partial |
3 |
| elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess |
4 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
5 |
| in each of the first 4 years after the effective date |
6 |
| of the elementary opt-in. |
7 |
| (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
8 |
| is 3 years after the effective date for the partial |
9 |
| elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess |
10 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
11 |
| in each of the first 4 years after the effective date |
12 |
| of the elementary opt-in. |
13 |
| (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
14 |
| is 4 years after the effective date for the partial |
15 |
| elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess |
16 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
17 |
| in each of the first 4 years after the effective date |
18 |
| of the elementary opt-in. |
19 |
| (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
20 |
| is 5 years after the effective date for the partial |
21 |
| elementary unit district, the partial elementary unit |
22 |
| district is not eligible for any additional incentives |
23 |
| due to the elementary opt-in. |
24 |
| (6) The supplementary State aid reimbursement under |
25 |
| this subsection (b) shall be treated as separate from all |
26 |
| other payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this |
27 |
| Code. In the case of the formation of a new district, |
28 |
| reimbursement shall begin during the first year of |
29 |
| operation of the new district, and in the case of an |
30 |
| annexation of the territory of one or more school districts |
31 |
| by one or more other school districts, reimbursement shall |
32 |
| begin during the first year when the change in boundaries |
33 |
| attributable to the annexation or division becomes |
34 |
| effective for all purposes as determined pursuant to |
35 |
| Section 7-9 or 11E-75 of this Code. Each year that the new, |
36 |
| annexing, or resulting district, as the case may be, is |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 97 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| entitled to receive reimbursement, the number of eligible |
2 |
| certified members who are employed on October 1 in the |
3 |
| district shall be certified to the State Board of Education |
4 |
| on prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall be made |
5 |
| on or before November 15 of that year. |
6 |
| (c)(1) For the first year after the formation of a combined |
7 |
| school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code or a |
8 |
| unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a |
9 |
| computation shall be made totaling each previously existing |
10 |
| district's audited fund balances in the educational fund, |
11 |
| working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and |
12 |
| transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the |
13 |
| referendum for the creation of the new district. The new |
14 |
| district shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum |
15 |
| of the differences between the deficit of the previously |
16 |
| existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of |
17 |
| each of the other previously existing districts. |
18 |
| (2) For the first year after the annexation of all of |
19 |
| the territory of one or more entire school districts by |
20 |
| another school district, as defined in Article 7 or clause |
21 |
| (2) of subsection (a) of Section 11E-15 of this Code, |
22 |
| computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 |
23 |
| prior to the date that the change of boundaries |
24 |
| attributable to the annexation is allowed by the |
25 |
| affirmative decision issued by the regional board of school |
26 |
| trustees under Section 7-6 of this Code or the affirmative |
27 |
| action of the regional superintendent of schools or State |
28 |
| Superintendent of Education under Section 11E-50 of this |
29 |
| Code, notwithstanding any effort to seek administrative |
30 |
| review of the decision, totaling the annexing district's |
31 |
| and totaling each annexed district's audited fund balances |
32 |
| in their respective educational, working cash, operations |
33 |
| and maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing |
34 |
| district as constituted after the annexation shall be paid |
35 |
| supplementary State aid equal to the sum of the differences |
36 |
| between the deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 98 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| districts as constituted prior to the annexation had the |
2 |
| smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other |
3 |
| districts as constituted prior to the annexation. |
4 |
| (3) For the first year after the annexation of all of |
5 |
| the territory of one or more entire school districts by 2 |
6 |
| or more other school districts, as defined by Article 7 of |
7 |
| this Code, computations shall be made, for the year ending |
8 |
| June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries |
9 |
| attributable to the annexation is allowed by the |
10 |
| affirmative decision of the regional board of school |
11 |
| trustees under Section 7-6 of this Code, notwithstanding |
12 |
| any action for administrative review of the decision, |
13 |
| totaling each annexing and annexed district's audited fund |
14 |
| balances in their respective educational, working cash, |
15 |
| operations and maintenance, and transportation funds. The |
16 |
| annexing districts as constituted after the annexation |
17 |
| shall be paid supplementary State aid, allocated as |
18 |
| provided in this paragraph (3), in an aggregate amount |
19 |
| equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of |
20 |
| whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as |
21 |
| constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest |
22 |
| deficit and the deficits of each of the other districts as |
23 |
| constituted prior to the annexation. The aggregate amount |
24 |
| of the supplementary State aid payable under this paragraph |
25 |
| (3) shall be allocated between or among the annexing |
26 |
| districts as follows: |
27 |
| (A) the regional superintendent of schools for |
28 |
| each educational service region in which an annexed |
29 |
| district is located prior to the annexation shall |
30 |
| certify to the State Board of Education, on forms that |
31 |
| it shall provide for that purpose, the value of all |
32 |
| taxable property in each annexed district, as last |
33 |
| equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue |
34 |
| prior to the annexation, and the equalized assessed |
35 |
| value of each part of the annexed district that was |
36 |
| annexed to or included as a part of an annexing |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 99 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| district; |
2 |
| (B) using equalized assessed values as certified |
3 |
| by the regional superintendent of schools under clause |
4 |
| (A) of this paragraph (3), the combined audited fund |
5 |
| balance deficit of each annexed district as determined |
6 |
| under this Section shall be apportioned between or |
7 |
| among the annexing districts in the same ratio as the |
8 |
| equalized assessed value of that part of the annexed |
9 |
| district that was annexed to or included as a part of |
10 |
| an annexing district bears to the total equalized |
11 |
| assessed value of the annexed district; and |
12 |
| (C) the aggregate supplementary State aid payment |
13 |
| under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or |
14 |
| among, and shall be paid to, the annexing districts in |
15 |
| the same ratio as the sum of the combined audited fund |
16 |
| balance deficit of each annexing district as |
17 |
| constituted prior to the annexation, plus all combined |
18 |
| audited fund balance deficit amounts apportioned to |
19 |
| that annexing district under clause (B) of this |
20 |
| subsection, bears to the aggregate of the combined |
21 |
| audited fund balance deficits of all of the annexing |
22 |
| and annexed districts as constituted prior to the |
23 |
| annexation. |
24 |
| (4) For the new elementary districts and new high |
25 |
| school district formed through a multi-district |
26 |
| conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-15 |
27 |
| of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling each |
28 |
| previously existing district's audited fund balances in |
29 |
| the educational fund, working cash fund, operations and |
30 |
| maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year |
31 |
| ending June 30 prior to the referendum for the |
32 |
| multi-district conversion to elementary districts and the |
33 |
| formation of the new high school districts. In the first |
34 |
| year of the new districts, the State shall make a one-time |
35 |
| supplementary payment equal to the sum of the differences |
36 |
| between the deficit of the previously existing district |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 100 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| with the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the |
2 |
| other previously existing districts. A district with a |
3 |
| combined balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall |
4 |
| be considered to have a deficit of zero. The supplementary |
5 |
| payment shall be allocated among the newly formed high |
6 |
| school and elementary districts in the manner provided by |
7 |
| the petition for the formation of the districts, in the |
8 |
| form in which the petition is approved by the regional |
9 |
| superintendent of schools or State Superintendent of |
10 |
| Education under Section 11E-50 of this Code. |
11 |
| (5) For each newly created partial elementary unit |
12 |
| district, a computation shall be made totaling the audited |
13 |
| fund balances of each previously existing district that |
14 |
| formed the new partial elementary unit district in the |
15 |
| educational fund, working cash fund, operations and |
16 |
| maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year |
17 |
| ending June 30 prior to the referendum for the formation of |
18 |
| the partial elementary unit district. In the first year of |
19 |
| the new partial elementary unit district, the State shall |
20 |
| make a one-time supplementary payment to the new district |
21 |
| equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of |
22 |
| the previously existing district with the smallest deficit |
23 |
| and the deficits of each of the other previously existing |
24 |
| districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 |
25 |
| funds that is positive shall be considered to have a |
26 |
| deficit of zero. |
27 |
| (6) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection |
28 |
| (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the deficit fund |
29 |
| balance incentive shall be computed in accordance with |
30 |
| paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) as if the opted-in |
31 |
| elementary was included in the partial elementary unit |
32 |
| district at the partial elementary unit district's |
33 |
| original effective date. If the calculation in this |
34 |
| paragraph (6) is less than that calculated in paragraph (5) |
35 |
| of this subsection (c) at the partial elementary unit |
36 |
| district's original effective date, then no adjustments |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 101 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is |
2 |
| more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this |
3 |
| subsection (c) at the partial elementary unit district's |
4 |
| original effective date, then the excess must be paid as |
5 |
| follows: |
6 |
| (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
7 |
| is one year after the effective date for the partial |
8 |
| elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated |
9 |
| excess shall be paid to the partial elementary unit |
10 |
| district in the first year after the effective date of |
11 |
| the elementary opt-in. |
12 |
| (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
13 |
| is 2 years after the effective date for the partial |
14 |
| elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess |
15 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
16 |
| in the first year after the effective date of the |
17 |
| elementary opt-in. |
18 |
| (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
19 |
| is 3 years after the effective date for the partial |
20 |
| elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess |
21 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
22 |
| in the first year after the effective date of the |
23 |
| elementary opt-in. |
24 |
| (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
25 |
| is 4 years after the effective date for the partial |
26 |
| elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess |
27 |
| shall be paid to the partial elementary unit district |
28 |
| in the first year after the effective date of the |
29 |
| elementary opt-in. |
30 |
| (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
31 |
| is 5 years after the effective date for the partial |
32 |
| elementary unit district, the partial elementary unit |
33 |
| district is not eligible for any additional incentives |
34 |
| due to the elementary opt-in. |
35 |
| (7) For purposes of any calculation required under |
36 |
| paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) of this |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 102 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| subsection (c), a district with a combined fund balance |
2 |
| that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of |
3 |
| zero. For purposes of determining each district's audited |
4 |
| fund balances in its educational fund, working cash fund, |
5 |
| operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund |
6 |
| for the specified year ending June 30, as provided in |
7 |
| paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) of this |
8 |
| subsection (c), the balance of each fund shall be deemed |
9 |
| decreased by an amount equal to the amount of the annual |
10 |
| property tax theretofore levied in the fund by the district |
11 |
| for collection and payment to the district during the |
12 |
| calendar year in which the June 30 fell, but only to the |
13 |
| extent that the tax so levied in the fund actually was |
14 |
| received by the district on or before or comprised a part |
15 |
| of the fund on such June 30. For purposes of determining |
16 |
| each district's audited fund balances, a calculation shall |
17 |
| be made for each fund to determine the average for the 3 |
18 |
| years prior to the specified year ending June 30, as |
19 |
| provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) of |
20 |
| this subsection (c), of the district's expenditures in the |
21 |
| categories "purchased services", "supplies and materials", |
22 |
| and "capital outlay", as those categories are defined in |
23 |
| rules of the State Board of Education. If this 3-year |
24 |
| average is less than the district's expenditures in these |
25 |
| categories for the specified year ending June 30, as |
26 |
| provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) of |
27 |
| this subsection (c), then the 3-year average shall be used |
28 |
| in calculating the amounts payable under this Section in |
29 |
| place of the amounts shown in these categories for the |
30 |
| specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs |
31 |
| (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) of this subsection (c). |
32 |
| Any deficit because of State aid not yet received may not |
33 |
| be considered in determining the June 30 deficits. The same |
34 |
| basis of accounting shall be used by all previously |
35 |
| existing districts and by all annexing or annexed |
36 |
| districts, as constituted prior to the annexation, in |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 103 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| making any computation required under paragraphs (1), (2), |
2 |
| (3), (4), (5), and (6) of this subsection (c). |
3 |
| (8) The supplementary State aid payments under this |
4 |
| subsection (c) shall be treated as separate from all other |
5 |
| payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
6 |
| (d)(1) Following the formation of a combined school |
7 |
| district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, a new unit |
8 |
| district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a new |
9 |
| elementary district formed through a small unit district |
10 |
| conversion, as defined in clause (1) of subsection (a) of |
11 |
| Section 11E-15 of this Code, a new elementary district or |
12 |
| districts and a new high school district formed through a |
13 |
| multi-district conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of |
14 |
| Section 11E-15 of this Code, or a new partial elementary unit |
15 |
| district, as defined in Section 11E-30 of this Code, or the |
16 |
| annexation of all of the territory of one or more entire school |
17 |
| districts by one or more other school districts, as defined in |
18 |
| Article 7 or clause (2) of subsection (a) of Section 11E-15 of |
19 |
| this Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be |
20 |
| paid for the number of school years determined under the |
21 |
| following table to each new or annexing district equal to the |
22 |
| sum of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by |
23 |
| the district on a full-time basis for the regular term of the |
24 |
| school year: |
|
25 | | Reorganized District's | 26 | | Rank by type of | 27 | | district (unit, high | 28 | | school, elementary) in | 29 | | Equalized Assessed | 30 | | Value Per Pupil by | 31 | | Quintile | | Reorganized District's Rank in Average Daily Attendance by Quintile |
|
|
32 | | | 33 | | | 1st Quintile
| 2nd Quintile | 3rd, 4th, or 5th Quintile |
|
34 | | 1st Quintile | 1 year | 1 year | 1 year |
|
35 | | 2nd Quintile | 1 year | 2 years | 2 years |
|
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 104 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 | | 3rd Quintile | 2 years | 3 years | 3 years |
|
2 | | 4th Quintile | 2 years | 3 years | 3 years |
|
3 | | 5th Quintile
| 2 years
| 3 years
| 3 years
|
|
4 |
| The State Board of Education shall make a one-time calculation |
5 |
| of a reorganized district's quintile ranks. The average daily |
6 |
| attendance used in this calculation shall be the best 3 months' |
7 |
| average daily attendance for the district's first year. The |
8 |
| equalized assessed value per pupil shall be the district's real |
9 |
| property equalized assessed value used in calculating the |
10 |
| district's first-year general State aid claim, under Section |
11 |
| 18-8.05 of this Code, divided by the best 3 months' average |
12 |
| daily attendance. |
13 |
| No annexing or resulting school district shall be entitled |
14 |
| to supplementary State aid under this subsection (d) unless the |
15 |
| district acquires at least 30% of the average daily attendance |
16 |
| of the district from which the territory is being detached or |
17 |
| divided. |
18 |
| If a district results from multiple reorganizations that |
19 |
| would otherwise qualify the district for multiple payments |
20 |
| under this subsection (d) in any year, then the district shall |
21 |
| receive a single payment only for that year based solely on the |
22 |
| most recent reorganization. |
23 |
| (2) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection |
24 |
| (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the full-time certified |
25 |
| staff incentive shall be computed in accordance with |
26 |
| paragraph (1) of this subsection (d), equal to the sum of |
27 |
| $4,000 for each certified employee of the elementary |
28 |
| district that opts-in who is employed by the partial |
29 |
| elementary unit district on a full-time basis for the |
30 |
| regular term of the school year. The calculation from this |
31 |
| paragraph (2) must be paid as follows: |
32 |
| (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
33 |
| is one year after the effective date for the partial |
34 |
| elementary unit district, 100% of the amount |
35 |
| calculated in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 105 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| partial elementary unit district for the number of |
2 |
| years calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
3 |
| (d) at the partial elementary unit district's original |
4 |
| effective date, starting in the second year after the |
5 |
| effective date of the elementary opt-in. |
6 |
| (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
7 |
| is 2 years after the effective date for the partial |
8 |
| elementary unit district, 75% of the amount calculated |
9 |
| in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the partial |
10 |
| elementary unit district for the number of years |
11 |
| calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at |
12 |
| the partial elementary unit district's original |
13 |
| effective date, starting in the second year after the |
14 |
| effective date of the elementary opt-in. |
15 |
| (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
16 |
| is 3 years after the effective date for the partial |
17 |
| elementary unit district, 50% of the amount calculated |
18 |
| in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the partial |
19 |
| elementary unit district for the number of years |
20 |
| calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at |
21 |
| the partial elementary unit district's original |
22 |
| effective date, starting in the second year after the |
23 |
| effective date of the elementary opt-in. |
24 |
| (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
25 |
| is 4 years after the effective date for the partial |
26 |
| elementary unit district, 25% of the amount calculated |
27 |
| in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the partial |
28 |
| elementary unit district for the number of years |
29 |
| calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at |
30 |
| the partial elementary unit district's original |
31 |
| effective date, starting in the second year after the |
32 |
| effective date of the elementary opt-in. |
33 |
| (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in |
34 |
| is 5 years after the effective date for the partial |
35 |
| elementary unit district, the partial elementary unit |
36 |
| district is not eligible for any additional incentives |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 106 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| due to the elementary opt-in. |
2 |
| (3) The supplementary State aid reimbursement payable |
3 |
| under this subsection (d) shall be separate from and in |
4 |
| addition to all other payments made to the district |
5 |
| pursuant to any other Section of this Article. |
6 |
| (4) During May of each school year for which a |
7 |
| supplementary State aid reimbursement is to be paid to a |
8 |
| new or annexing school district pursuant to this subsection |
9 |
| (d), the school board shall certify to the State Board of |
10 |
| Education, on forms furnished to the school board by the |
11 |
| State Board of Education for purposes of this subsection |
12 |
| (d), the number of certified employees for which the |
13 |
| district is entitled to reimbursement under this Section, |
14 |
| together with the names, certificate numbers, and |
15 |
| positions held by the certified employees. |
16 |
| (5) Upon certification by the State Board of Education |
17 |
| to the State Comptroller of the amount of the supplementary |
18 |
| State aid reimbursement to which a school district is |
19 |
| entitled under this subsection (d), the State Comptroller |
20 |
| shall draw his or her warrant upon the State Treasurer for |
21 |
| the payment thereof to the school district and shall |
22 |
| promptly transmit the payment to the school district |
23 |
| through the appropriate school treasurer.
|
24 |
| (105 ILCS 5/17-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2)
|
25 |
| Sec. 17-2. Tax levies; purposes; rates.
|
26 |
| (a) Except as otherwise provided in
Articles 12 and 13 of |
27 |
| this Act, the following maximum rates shall apply to all
taxes |
28 |
| levied after August 10, 1965, in districts having a population |
29 |
| of less
than 500,000 inhabitants, including those districts |
30 |
| organized under Article 11
of the School Code. The school board |
31 |
| of any district having a population of
less than 500,000 |
32 |
| inhabitants may levy a tax annually, at not to exceed the
|
33 |
| maximum rates and for the specified purposes, upon all the |
34 |
| taxable property of
the district at the value, as equalized or |
35 |
| assessed by the Department of
Revenue as follows:
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 107 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (1) districts maintaining only grades 1 through 8, .92% |
2 |
| for educational
purposes and .25% for operations and |
3 |
| maintenance purposes;
|
4 |
| (2) districts maintaining only grades 9 through 12, |
5 |
| .92% for
educational purposes and .25% for operations and |
6 |
| maintenance purposes;
|
7 |
| (3) districts maintaining grades 1 through 12, 1.63% |
8 |
| for the 1985-86
school year, 1.68% for the 1986-87 school |
9 |
| year, 1.75% for the 1987-88
school year and 1.84% for the |
10 |
| 1988-89 school year and thereafter for
educational |
11 |
| purposes and .405% for the 1989-90 school year, .435% for |
12 |
| the
1990-91 school year, .465% for the 1991-92 school year, |
13 |
| and .50% for the
1992-93 school year and thereafter for |
14 |
| operations and maintenance purposes;
|
15 |
| (4) all districts, 0.75% for capital improvement |
16 |
| purposes (which is in
addition to the levy for operations |
17 |
| and maintenance purposes), which tax is to
be
levied, |
18 |
| accumulated for not more than 6 years, and spent for |
19 |
| capital
improvement purposes (including but not limited to |
20 |
| the construction of a new
school building or buildings or |
21 |
| the purchase of school grounds on which any new
school |
22 |
| building is to be constructed or located, or both) only in |
23 |
| accordance
with Section 17-2.3 of this Act;
|
24 |
| (5) districts maintaining only grades 1 through 8, .12% |
25 |
| for
transportation purposes, provided that districts |
26 |
| maintaining only grades
kindergarten through 8 which have |
27 |
| an enrollment of at least 2600 students
may levy, subject |
28 |
| to Section 17-2.2, at not to exceed a maximum rate of
.20% |
29 |
| for transportation purposes for any school year in which |
30 |
| the number of
students requiring transportation in the |
31 |
| district exceeds by at least 2%
the number of students |
32 |
| requiring transportation in the district during the
|
33 |
| preceding school year, as verified in the district's claim |
34 |
| for pupil
transportation and reimbursement and as |
35 |
| certified by the State Board of
Education to the county |
36 |
| clerk of the county in which such district is
located not |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 108 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| later than November 15 following the submission of such |
2 |
| claim;
districts maintaining only grades 9 through 12, .12% |
3 |
| for transportation
purposes; and districts maintaining |
4 |
| grades 1 through 12, .14% for the
1985-86 school year, .16% |
5 |
| for the 1986-87 school year, .18% for the 1987-88
school |
6 |
| year and .20% for the 1988-89 school year and thereafter, |
7 |
| for
transportation purposes;
|
8 |
| (6) districts providing summer classes, .15% for |
9 |
| educational
purposes, subject to Section 17-2.1 of this |
10 |
| Act.
|
11 |
| Whenever any special charter school district operating |
12 |
| grades 1
through 12, has organized or shall organize under the |
13 |
| general school
law, the district so organized may continue to |
14 |
| levy taxes at not to
exceed the rate at which taxes were last |
15 |
| actually extended by the
special charter district, except that |
16 |
| if such rate at which taxes were
last actually extended by such |
17 |
| special charter district was less than
the maximum rate for |
18 |
| districts maintaining grades 1 through 12
authorized under this |
19 |
| Section, such special charter district
nevertheless may levy |
20 |
| taxes at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate for
districts |
21 |
| maintaining grades 1 through 12 authorized under this Section,
|
22 |
| and except that if any such district maintains only grades 1 |
23 |
| through 8,
the board may levy, for educational purposes, at a |
24 |
| rate not to exceed
the maximum rate for elementary districts |
25 |
| authorized under this Section.
|
26 |
| Maximum rates before or after established in excess of |
27 |
| those
prescribed shall not be affected by the amendatory Act of |
28 |
| 1965.
|
29 |
| (b) Notwithstanding any other statute to the contrary, |
30 |
| whenever a new unit school district is created from any |
31 |
| combination of elementary and high school districts, the new |
32 |
| unit district may levy taxes at rates determined by combining |
33 |
| the maximum elementary district rates levied by the elementary |
34 |
| district that levies the lowest rate of all of the elementary |
35 |
| districts included in the petition and the maximum high school |
36 |
| district rates levied by the high school district that levies |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 109 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the lowest rates of all of the high school districts included |
2 |
| in the petition, as those rates were extended in the year |
3 |
| immediately preceding the creation of the new unit district, |
4 |
| provided that the rates are specified in the petition to form |
5 |
| the unit district. Beginning with the third year of operation |
6 |
| of the new unit district, the rates levied by the new unit |
7 |
| district shall be reduced by 0.10% each year until the rates |
8 |
| are reduced to the rates otherwise applicable to unit |
9 |
| districts, notwithstanding the terms and provisions of this |
10 |
| subsection (b). For partial elementary unit school district |
11 |
| formations, the terms and provisions of subsections (c) and (d) |
12 |
| of Section 11E-70 of this Code shall apply instead of the terms |
13 |
| and provisions of this subsection (b).
|
14 |
| (Source: P.A. 87-984; 87-1023; 88-45.)
|
15 |
| (105 ILCS 5/17-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-3)
|
16 |
| Sec. 17-3. Additional levies-Submission to voters. The |
17 |
| school board in any district having a population of less than
|
18 |
| 500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution, cause a |
19 |
| proposition to
increase, for a limited period of not less than |
20 |
| 3 nor more than 10 years or
for an unlimited period, the
annual |
21 |
| tax rate for educational purposes to be submitted to
the voters |
22 |
| of such district at a regular scheduled election as
follows:
|
23 |
| (1) in districts maintaining grades 1 through 8, or |
24 |
| grades 9 through
12, the maximum rate for educational |
25 |
| purposes shall not exceed 3.5% of the
value as equalized or |
26 |
| assessed by the Department of Revenue;
|
27 |
| (2) in districts maintaining grades 1 through 12 the |
28 |
| maximum rate
for educational purposes shall not exceed |
29 |
| 4.00% of the value as equalized or assessed by the |
30 |
| Department of Revenue .
except that if a single
elementary |
31 |
| district and a secondary district having boundaries that |
32 |
| are
coterminous form a community
unit district
on or after |
33 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 94th |
34 |
| General Assembly and the actual combined rate of the |
35 |
| elementary district and secondary district prior to the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 110 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| formation of the community unit district is greater than |
2 |
| 4.00%, then the maximum rate for educational
purposes
for |
3 |
| such district shall be the following:
|
4 |
| (A) For 2 years following the formation of the |
5 |
| community unit district, the maximum rate shall equal |
6 |
| the actual combined rate of the previous elementary |
7 |
| district and secondary district.
|
8 |
| (B) In each subsequent year, the maximum rate shall |
9 |
| be reduced by 0.10% or reduced to 4.00%, whichever |
10 |
| reduction is less. The school board may, by proper |
11 |
| resolution, cause a proposition to increase the |
12 |
| reduced rate, not to exceed the maximum rate in clause |
13 |
| (A), to be submitted to the voters of the district at a |
14 |
| regular scheduled election as provided under this |
15 |
| Section. Nothing in this Section shall require that the |
16 |
| maximum rate for educational purpose for a district |
17 |
| maintaining grades one through 12 be reduced below |
18 |
| 4.00%.
|
19 |
| If the resolution of the school board seeks to increase the |
20 |
| annual tax rate
for educational purposes for a limited period |
21 |
| of not less than 3 nor more than
10 years, the proposition |
22 |
| shall
so state and shall identify the years for which the tax |
23 |
| increase is sought.
|
24 |
| If
a majority of the votes cast on the proposition is in |
25 |
| favor
thereof at an election for which the election authorities |
26 |
| have given notice
either (i) in accordance with Section 12-5 of |
27 |
| the Election Code or (ii) by
publication of a true and legible |
28 |
| copy of the specimen ballot label containing
the proposition in |
29 |
| the form in which it appeared or will appear on the official
|
30 |
| ballot label on the day of the election at least 5 days before |
31 |
| the day of the
election in at least one newspaper published in |
32 |
| and having a general
circulation in the district, the school |
33 |
| board may thereafter, until such
authority is
revoked in like |
34 |
| manner, levy annually the tax so authorized; provided that if
|
35 |
| the proposition as approved limits the increase in the annual |
36 |
| tax rate of the
district for educational purposes to a period |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 111 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| of not less than 3 nor more than
10 years, the district may,
|
2 |
| unless such authority is sooner revoked in like manner, levy |
3 |
| annually the tax
so authorized for the limited number of years |
4 |
| approved by a majority of the
votes cast on
the proposition. |
5 |
| Upon expiration of that limited period, the rate at which the
|
6 |
| district may annually levy
its tax for educational purposes |
7 |
| shall be the rate provided under Section 17-2,
or the rate at |
8 |
| which the district last levied its tax for educational purposes
|
9 |
| prior to approval of the proposition authorizing the levy of |
10 |
| that tax at an
increased rate, whichever is greater.
|
11 |
| The school board shall certify the proposition to the |
12 |
| proper election
authorities
in accordance with the general |
13 |
| election law.
|
14 |
| The provisions of this Section concerning notice of the tax |
15 |
| rate increase
referendum apply only to consolidated primary |
16 |
| elections held prior to January
1, 2002 at which not less than
|
17 |
| 55% of the voters voting on the tax rate increase proposition |
18 |
| voted in favor
of the
tax rate increase proposition.
|
19 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-52, eff. 6-17-05.)
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/17-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-5)
|
21 |
| Sec. 17-5. Increase tax rates for operations and |
22 |
| maintenance purposes-
Maximum. The school board in any district |
23 |
| having a population of less than
500,000 inhabitants may, by |
24 |
| proper resolution, cause a proposition to
increase the annual |
25 |
| tax rate for operations and maintenance purposes to be
|
26 |
| submitted to the voters of the district at a regular scheduled |
27 |
| election.
The board shall certify the proposition to the proper |
28 |
| election authority
for submission to the elector in accordance |
29 |
| with the general election law.
In districts maintaining grades |
30 |
| 1 through 8,
or grades 9 through 12, the maximum rate for |
31 |
| operations and
maintenance purposes shall not exceed .55%; and |
32 |
| in districts maintaining
grades 1 through 12, the maximum rates |
33 |
| for operations and
maintenance purposes shall not exceed .75% , |
34 |
| except that if a single elementary
district and a secondary |
35 |
| district having boundaries that are coterminous
on the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 112 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| effective date of this amendatory Act form a community unit |
2 |
| district
as authorized under Section 11-6, the maximum rate for |
3 |
| operation
and maintenance purposes for such district shall not |
4 |
| exceed 1.10% of the
value as equalized or assessed by the |
5 |
| Department of Revenue; and in such
district maintaining grades |
6 |
| 1 through 12, funds may, subject to the
provisions of Section |
7 |
| 17-5.1 accumulate to not more than 5% of the
equalized assessed |
8 |
| valuation of the district. No such accumulation shall
ever be |
9 |
| transferred or used for any other purpose . If a majority of the
|
10 |
| votes cast on the proposition is in favor thereof, the school |
11 |
| board may
thereafter, until such authority is revoked in like |
12 |
| manner, levy annually a
tax as authorized.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 86-1334.)
|
14 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
|
15 |
| Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
16 |
| financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
17 |
| schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
|
18 |
| (A) General Provisions.
|
19 |
| (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 |
20 |
| and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
21 |
| financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to |
22 |
| assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
|
23 |
| required local resources, the financial support provided each |
24 |
| pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
|
25 |
| prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach |
26 |
| imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and |
27 |
| provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of |
28 |
| general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local |
29 |
| Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount |
30 |
| of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, |
31 |
| in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local |
32 |
| Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school |
33 |
| district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in |
34 |
| this
Section.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 113 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
2 |
| districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
3 |
| from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
4 |
| general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
5 |
| subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
6 |
| school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
7 |
| distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
8 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
9 |
| appropriated under this Section.
|
10 |
| (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
11 |
| school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
12 |
| Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
|
13 |
| (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
14 |
| school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
15 |
| maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
16 |
| such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
17 |
| case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
18 |
| a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
19 |
| the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
20 |
| proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
21 |
| attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
22 |
| Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
23 |
| means any
public school which meets the standards as |
24 |
| established for recognition
by the State Board of |
25 |
| Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
26 |
| having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
27 |
| entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
28 |
| claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
|
29 |
| (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
30 |
| subject to
Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as |
31 |
| otherwise provided in this
Section.
|
32 |
| (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
33 |
| under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
34 |
| district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
35 |
| Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
36 |
| applicable.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 114 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (d) (Blank).
|
2 |
| (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
3 |
| board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
4 |
| in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
5 |
| for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
|
6 |
| School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
7 |
| Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
8 |
| this Section.
|
9 |
| (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
10 |
| capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
|
11 |
| (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
12 |
| attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
13 |
| subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
14 |
| support levels.
|
15 |
| (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
16 |
| local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
17 |
| Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
18 |
| subsection (D).
|
19 |
| (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
20 |
| Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
21 |
| relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
22 |
| tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
23 |
| amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
24 |
| connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
25 |
| amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
|
26 |
| (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
27 |
| financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
|
28 |
| (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
29 |
| taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
30 |
| Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
31 |
| Education
Building purposes.
|
32 |
| (B) Foundation Level.
|
33 |
| (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
34 |
| State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
35 |
| support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 115 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
2 |
| forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
3 |
| a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
4 |
| the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
5 |
| district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
6 |
| available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
7 |
| district.
|
8 |
| (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
9 |
| support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
10 |
| Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
11 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
12 |
| 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
13 |
| Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
14 |
| Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school |
15 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
|
16 |
| (3) For the 2005-2006 school year and each school year |
17 |
| thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $5,164 or such |
18 |
| greater amount as
may be established by law by the General |
19 |
| Assembly.
|
20 |
| (C) Average Daily Attendance.
|
21 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
22 |
| to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
23 |
| utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
24 |
| calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
25 |
| number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
26 |
| further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
27 |
| each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
28 |
| of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
29 |
| of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
30 |
| conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
31 |
| (F).
|
32 |
| (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
33 |
| subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
34 |
| school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
35 |
| general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 116 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
2 |
| greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
3 |
| subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
4 |
| school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
5 |
| general
State aid is being calculated.
|
6 |
| (D) Available Local Resources.
|
7 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
8 |
| to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
9 |
| Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
10 |
| this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
11 |
| per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
12 |
| local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
13 |
| from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
14 |
| on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
15 |
| of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
16 |
| funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
|
17 |
| (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
18 |
| property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
19 |
| equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
20 |
| school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
21 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
22 |
| determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
23 |
| (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
24 |
| through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
25 |
| calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
26 |
| valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
27 |
| the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
28 |
| districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
29 |
| property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
30 |
| product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
31 |
| district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
32 |
| Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
33 |
| maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
34 |
| per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
35 |
| of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 117 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
|
2 |
| (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
3 |
| to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before |
4 |
| the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the |
5 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be |
6 |
| added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived |
7 |
| by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). |
8 |
| The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district |
9 |
| shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is |
10 |
| utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State |
11 |
| aid.
|
12 |
| (E) Computation of General State Aid.
|
13 |
| (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
14 |
| allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
15 |
| Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
|
16 |
| (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
17 |
| Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
18 |
| Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
19 |
| calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
20 |
| Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
21 |
| Attendance of the school district.
|
22 |
| (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
23 |
| Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
24 |
| 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
25 |
| 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
26 |
| pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
27 |
| derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
28 |
| the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
29 |
| direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
30 |
| a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
31 |
| product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
32 |
| Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
33 |
| Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
34 |
| Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
35 |
| subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 118 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
2 |
| Attendance of the school
district.
|
3 |
| (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
4 |
| Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
5 |
| the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
6 |
| district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
7 |
| by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
|
8 |
| (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
9 |
| district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
10 |
| set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
11 |
| by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
12 |
| been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
13 |
| utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
14 |
| Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
15 |
| the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
16 |
| This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
17 |
| affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
18 |
| (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
|
19 |
| (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
20 |
| submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
21 |
| the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
22 |
| year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
23 |
| information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
24 |
| attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
25 |
| with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
26 |
| year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
27 |
| provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
28 |
| (1).
|
29 |
| (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
30 |
| days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
31 |
| September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
32 |
| to the month of May.
|
33 |
| (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
34 |
| classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
35 |
| added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 119 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| in June shall be added to
the month of May.
|
2 |
| (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
3 |
| hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
4 |
| days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
5 |
| September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
6 |
| to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
7 |
| year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
8 |
| subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
9 |
| Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
10 |
| daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
11 |
| multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
12 |
| buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
13 |
| attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
|
14 |
| Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
15 |
| attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
16 |
| less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
17 |
| supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
18 |
| volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
19 |
| supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
20 |
| Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
21 |
| of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
22 |
| 12.
|
23 |
| Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
24 |
| only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
25 |
| school.
|
26 |
| (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
27 |
| of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
28 |
| compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
|
29 |
| (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
30 |
| only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
31 |
| of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
32 |
| minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
33 |
| unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
34 |
| minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
35 |
| be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
36 |
| school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 120 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
|
2 |
| (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours |
3 |
| on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the |
4 |
| first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days |
5 |
| utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
|
6 |
| (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
7 |
| as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
8 |
| superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
9 |
| of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
10 |
| forced to use daily multiple sessions.
|
11 |
| (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
12 |
| as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
13 |
| day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
14 |
| utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
15 |
| up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a |
16 |
| maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
|
17 |
| parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts |
18 |
| an in-service
training program for teachers which has been |
19 |
| approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in |
20 |
| lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which |
21 |
| event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; |
22 |
| and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) |
23 |
| are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
|
24 |
| improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or |
25 |
| amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, |
26 |
| provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours |
27 |
| are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
|
28 |
| remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur |
29 |
| are utilized
for in-service training programs or other |
30 |
| staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a |
31 |
| sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
|
32 |
| direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days |
33 |
| between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate |
34 |
| not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions |
35 |
| of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any |
36 |
| full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 121 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days |
2 |
| scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff |
3 |
| development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may |
4 |
| be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and |
5 |
| different attendance centers of the district.
|
6 |
| (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
7 |
| teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
8 |
| telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
9 |
| attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
10 |
| clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
11 |
| attendance.
|
12 |
| (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
13 |
| as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
14 |
| in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
15 |
| may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
16 |
| kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
|
17 |
| (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
18 |
| age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
19 |
| because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
20 |
| less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
21 |
| attendance; however for such children whose educational |
22 |
| needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
23 |
| counted as a full day of attendance.
|
24 |
| (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
25 |
| 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
26 |
| than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
27 |
| kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
28 |
| consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
29 |
| kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
30 |
| pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
31 |
| school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
32 |
| writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
33 |
| Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
34 |
| attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
35 |
| attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
36 |
| attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 122 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
2 |
| fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
3 |
| year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
4 |
| regulations of the State Board of Education.
|
5 |
| (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement |
6 |
| Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of |
7 |
| Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a |
8 |
| pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate |
9 |
| required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours |
10 |
| and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil |
11 |
| attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
12 |
| provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work |
13 |
| in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other |
14 |
| school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on |
15 |
| the examination days.
|
16 |
| (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
|
17 |
| (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
18 |
| Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
19 |
| of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
20 |
| value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
21 |
| all taxable property of every school district, together with |
22 |
| (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
23 |
| funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
24 |
| and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
25 |
| property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
26 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
27 |
| The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
28 |
| assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
29 |
| situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
30 |
| subject to the alternative general homestead exemption |
31 |
| provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
an |
32 |
| amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead |
33 |
| exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
34 |
| for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the |
35 |
| total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 123 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) |
2 |
| $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax |
3 |
| year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and |
4 |
| thereafter and (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for |
5 |
| the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section |
6 |
| 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household |
7 |
| income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that |
8 |
| is or was subject to the alternative general homestead |
9 |
| exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
10 |
| shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
11 |
| Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
12 |
| amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all |
13 |
| amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the |
14 |
| Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 |
15 |
| or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general |
16 |
| homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined |
17 |
| under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than |
18 |
| Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local |
19 |
| Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, |
20 |
| between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed |
21 |
| for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the |
22 |
| Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed |
23 |
| had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property |
24 |
| been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. |
25 |
| It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional |
26 |
| exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
27 |
| Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, |
28 |
| then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be |
29 |
| affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional |
30 |
| exemptions.
|
31 |
| This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
32 |
| the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
33 |
| calculation of Available Local
Resources.
|
34 |
| (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
35 |
| be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
|
36 |
| (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 124 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
2 |
| within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
3 |
| municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
4 |
| financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
5 |
| Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
6 |
| of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
7 |
| Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
8 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
9 |
| assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
10 |
| project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
11 |
| total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
12 |
| property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
13 |
| valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
14 |
| redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
15 |
| Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
16 |
| Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
17 |
| Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
18 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
19 |
| initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
20 |
| equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
21 |
| used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
22 |
| have been paid.
|
23 |
| (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
24 |
| a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
25 |
| real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
26 |
| Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
27 |
| by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
28 |
| Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
29 |
| district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
30 |
| 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
31 |
| through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
32 |
| through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
33 |
| the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
34 |
| of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
35 |
| percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
36 |
| subparagraph (b).
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 125 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
2 |
| thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
3 |
| this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
4 |
| Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
5 |
| district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
6 |
| as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
|
7 |
| For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
8 |
| shall have
the following meanings:
|
9 |
| "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
10 |
| aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
|
11 |
| "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
12 |
| calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
|
13 |
| "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
14 |
| immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
|
15 |
| "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
16 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
17 |
| in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
18 |
| calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
19 |
| Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
|
20 |
| "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
21 |
| the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
22 |
| Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
23 |
| Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
|
24 |
| "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
25 |
| certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
26 |
| the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
27 |
| the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
|
28 |
| "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
29 |
| in subsection (A).
|
30 |
| If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
31 |
| limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
32 |
| Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
33 |
| the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
34 |
| district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
35 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
36 |
| calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 126 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
2 |
| and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the |
3 |
| 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the |
4 |
| Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school |
5 |
| district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be |
6 |
| equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last |
7 |
| used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's |
8 |
| Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
|
9 |
| Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated |
10 |
| under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's |
11 |
| equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to |
12 |
| subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating |
13 |
| the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant |
14 |
| to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized |
15 |
| Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
16 |
| district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
|
17 |
| (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
18 |
| the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
19 |
| experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
20 |
| valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
21 |
| apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
22 |
| Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
23 |
| Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
24 |
| district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
25 |
| the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
26 |
| calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
27 |
| the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
28 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
29 |
| as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
30 |
| district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
31 |
| calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
32 |
| allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
33 |
| general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
34 |
| that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
35 |
| be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
36 |
| Resources.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 127 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
2 |
| equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
3 |
| Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
4 |
| aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
5 |
| year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
6 |
| this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
7 |
| allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
8 |
| these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
9 |
| for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
10 |
| difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
11 |
| this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
12 |
| be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
13 |
| (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
|
14 |
| (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
15 |
| is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
16 |
| districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
17 |
| district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
18 |
| general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
19 |
| children
from low-income households within the school |
20 |
| district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
21 |
| districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
22 |
| distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
23 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
24 |
| appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any |
25 |
| fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general |
26 |
| State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the |
27 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
28 |
| calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure |
29 |
| that
each school district receives the full amount due for |
30 |
| general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall |
31 |
| be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State |
32 |
| Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible |
33 |
| districts on a prorated basis.
|
34 |
| (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
35 |
| years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 128 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
2 |
| shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
3 |
| recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
4 |
| Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
5 |
| percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
6 |
| the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
7 |
| with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
8 |
| percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
9 |
| of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
10 |
| are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
11 |
| school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
12 |
| school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
13 |
| high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
14 |
| recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
15 |
| and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
16 |
| eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
17 |
| districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
18 |
| censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
19 |
| pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
20 |
| used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
21 |
| district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
22 |
| to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
23 |
| supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
24 |
| preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
25 |
| year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
26 |
| fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
27 |
| subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
28 |
| repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
29 |
| affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
30 |
| its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
31 |
| any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
32 |
| affected by any other funding.
|
33 |
| (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
34 |
| school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
35 |
| this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
36 |
| shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 129 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as |
2 |
| determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the |
3 |
| number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the |
4 |
| following
low income programs: Medicaid, KidCare, TANF, or Food |
5 |
| Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided |
6 |
| by the Department
of Children and Family Services,
averaged |
7 |
| over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year |
8 |
| 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each |
9 |
| fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance |
10 |
| of the school district.
|
11 |
| (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
12 |
| subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
13 |
| 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
|
14 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
15 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
16 |
| grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
17 |
| low income eligible pupil count.
|
18 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
19 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
20 |
| grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
21 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
22 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
23 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
24 |
| grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
25 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
26 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
27 |
| Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
28 |
| 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
29 |
| income eligible pupil count.
|
30 |
| (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
31 |
| specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
32 |
| above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
33 |
| respectively.
|
34 |
| (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
35 |
| amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
36 |
| immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 130 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| respectively.
|
2 |
| (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
3 |
| subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
4 |
| school year:
|
5 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
6 |
| Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
7 |
| school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
8 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
9 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
10 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
11 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
12 |
| low income eligible pupil
count.
|
13 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
14 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
15 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
16 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
17 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
18 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
19 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
20 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
21 |
| (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
22 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
23 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
24 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
25 |
| (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
26 |
| Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
27 |
| school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
28 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
29 |
| (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
30 |
| State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
31 |
| follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
32 |
| thereafter:
|
33 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
34 |
| Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
35 |
| school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income |
36 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 131 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
2 |
| Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each |
3 |
| school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 |
4 |
| and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all |
5 |
| multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
|
6 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year, 2004-2005 school year,
and |
7 |
| 2005-2006 school year only, the grant shall be no less than the
|
8 |
| grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. For the 2006-2007 school |
9 |
| year only, the grant shall
be no
less than the grant for the |
10 |
| 2002-2003 school year multiplied by 0.66. For the
2007-2008
|
11 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no less than the grant for |
12 |
| the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by 0.33. Notwithstanding |
13 |
| the provisions of this paragraph to the contrary, if for any |
14 |
| school year supplemental general State aid grants are prorated |
15 |
| as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection (H), then the |
16 |
| grants under this paragraph shall be prorated.
|
17 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
18 |
| greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
19 |
| year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
20 |
| between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
21 |
| of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
22 |
| grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
23 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
24 |
| the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
25 |
| the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
26 |
| grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
27 |
| paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
28 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
29 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
30 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
31 |
| of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
32 |
| calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
33 |
| (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
34 |
| the 2002-2003
school year.
|
35 |
| (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
36 |
| more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 132 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
2 |
| shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
3 |
| October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
4 |
| this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
5 |
| improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
6 |
| meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
7 |
| plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
8 |
| regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
|
9 |
| (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
10 |
| 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
11 |
| pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
12 |
| from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
13 |
| $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
|
14 |
| (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
15 |
| attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
16 |
| number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
17 |
| eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
18 |
| breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
19 |
| and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
20 |
| immediately preceding school year.
|
21 |
| (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
22 |
| and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
23 |
| these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
24 |
| contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
25 |
| appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
26 |
| Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
27 |
| in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
28 |
| to the opening of school.
|
29 |
| (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
30 |
| school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
31 |
| other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
32 |
| entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
33 |
| supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
34 |
| this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
35 |
| noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
36 |
| by the school
district to the attendance centers.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 133 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
2 |
| by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
3 |
| required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
4 |
| may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
5 |
| for any lawful school purpose.
|
6 |
| (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
7 |
| this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
8 |
| the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
9 |
| for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
10 |
| qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
11 |
| services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
12 |
| improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
13 |
| programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
14 |
| other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
15 |
| supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
16 |
| the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
17 |
| expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
18 |
| by board rule.
|
19 |
| (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
20 |
| subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
21 |
| the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
22 |
| compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
23 |
| State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
24 |
| This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
25 |
| school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
26 |
| developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
27 |
| State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
28 |
| after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
29 |
| shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
30 |
| within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
31 |
| submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
32 |
| written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
33 |
| approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
34 |
| Board of Education.
|
35 |
| Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
36 |
| the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 134 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
2 |
| State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
3 |
| shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
4 |
| plan or modified plan is submitted.
|
5 |
| If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
6 |
| attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
7 |
| plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
8 |
| addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
9 |
| subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
10 |
| underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
11 |
| such underfunding.
|
12 |
| For purposes of determining compliance with this |
13 |
| subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
14 |
| center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
15 |
| this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
16 |
| December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
17 |
| the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
18 |
| current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
19 |
| failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
20 |
| subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
21 |
| State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
22 |
| receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
23 |
| local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
24 |
| receipt of that notification inform the State |
25 |
| Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
26 |
| action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
27 |
| plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
28 |
| following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
29 |
| or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
30 |
| timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
31 |
| funds.
|
32 |
| The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
33 |
| regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
34 |
| subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
35 |
| subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
36 |
| plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 135 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| Education.
|
2 |
| (I) (Blank).
General State Aid for Newly Configured School |
3 |
| Districts.
|
4 |
| (1) For a new school district formed by combining property |
5 |
| included
totally within 2 or more previously existing school |
6 |
| districts, for its
first year of existence the general State |
7 |
| aid and supplemental general State
aid calculated under this |
8 |
| Section
shall be computed for the new district and for the |
9 |
| previously existing
districts for which property is totally |
10 |
| included
within the new district. If the computation on the |
11 |
| basis of the previously
existing districts is greater, a |
12 |
| supplementary payment equal to the difference
shall be made for |
13 |
| the first 4 years of existence of the new district.
|
14 |
| (2) For a school district which annexes all of the |
15 |
| territory of one or more
entire other school districts, for the |
16 |
| first year during which the change
of boundaries attributable |
17 |
| to such annexation becomes effective for all
purposes as |
18 |
| determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general State aid and
|
19 |
| supplemental general State aid calculated
under this Section |
20 |
| shall be computed for the annexing district as constituted
|
21 |
| after the annexation and for the annexing and each annexed |
22 |
| district as
constituted prior to the annexation; and if the |
23 |
| computation on the basis of
the annexing and annexed districts |
24 |
| as constituted prior to the annexation is
greater, a |
25 |
| supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for
|
26 |
| the first 4 years of existence of the annexing school district |
27 |
| as
constituted upon such annexation.
|
28 |
| (3) For 2 or more school districts which annex all of the |
29 |
| territory of
one or more entire other school districts, and for |
30 |
| 2 or more community unit
districts which result upon the |
31 |
| division (pursuant to petition under
Section 11A-2) of one or |
32 |
| more other unit school districts into 2 or more
parts and which |
33 |
| together include all of the parts into which such other
unit |
34 |
| school district or districts are so divided, for the first year
|
35 |
| during which the change of boundaries attributable to such |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 136 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| annexation or
division becomes effective for all purposes as |
2 |
| determined under Section 7-9
or 11A-10, as the case may be, the |
3 |
| general State aid and supplemental general
State aid calculated |
4 |
| under this Section
shall be computed for each annexing or |
5 |
| resulting district as constituted
after the annexation or |
6 |
| division and for each annexing and annexed
district, or for |
7 |
| each resulting and divided district, as constituted prior
to |
8 |
| the annexation or division; and if the aggregate of the general |
9 |
| State aid
and supplemental general State aid as so
computed for |
10 |
| the annexing or resulting districts as constituted after the
|
11 |
| annexation or division is less than the aggregate of the |
12 |
| general State aid and
supplemental general State aid as so |
13 |
| computed for the annexing and annexed
districts, or for the |
14 |
| resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to
the |
15 |
| annexation or division, then
a supplementary payment equal to |
16 |
| the difference shall be made and allocated
between or among the |
17 |
| annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon
such |
18 |
| annexation or division, for the first 4 years of their |
19 |
| existence. The
total difference payment shall be allocated |
20 |
| between or among the annexing
or resulting districts in the |
21 |
| same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that
portion of the |
22 |
| annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed to
or |
23 |
| included in each such annexing or resulting district bears to |
24 |
| the total
pupil enrollment from the entire annexed or divided |
25 |
| district or districts,
as such pupil enrollment is determined |
26 |
| for the school year last ending
prior to the date when the |
27 |
| change of boundaries attributable to the
annexation or division |
28 |
| becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of
the total |
29 |
| difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to |
30 |
| the
annexing or resulting districts shall be computed by the |
31 |
| State Board of
Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and |
32 |
| other data which shall be
certified to the State Board of |
33 |
| Education, on forms which it shall provide
for that purpose, by |
34 |
| the regional superintendent of schools for each
educational |
35 |
| service region in which the annexing and annexed districts, or
|
36 |
| resulting and divided districts are located.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 137 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (3.5) Claims for financial assistance under this |
2 |
| subsection (I) shall
not be recomputed except as expressly |
3 |
| provided under this Section.
|
4 |
| (4) Any
supplementary payment made under this subsection |
5 |
| (I)
shall be treated as separate from all other payments made |
6 |
| pursuant to
this Section.
|
7 |
| (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
|
8 |
| (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
9 |
| the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination |
10 |
| with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for |
11 |
| which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than |
12 |
| the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that |
13 |
| was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of |
14 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
15 |
| Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the |
16 |
| provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a |
17 |
| school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment |
18 |
| made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate |
19 |
| general State aid in combination with supplemental general
|
20 |
| State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to |
21 |
| receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
22 |
| of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was |
23 |
| received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of |
24 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
25 |
| Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the |
26 |
| provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
|
27 |
| (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
28 |
| (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State |
29 |
| aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under |
30 |
| this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent |
31 |
| school
year that in any such school year is less than the |
32 |
| amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the |
33 |
| district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school |
34 |
| district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
35 |
| for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 138 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate |
2 |
| State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
|
3 |
| (3) (Blank).
|
4 |
| (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
|
5 |
| In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
6 |
| of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
7 |
| this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
8 |
| regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
9 |
| Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
10 |
| it
deems necessary.
|
11 |
| As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
12 |
| school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
13 |
| approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
14 |
| of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
15 |
| Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
|
16 |
| students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
17 |
| district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
|
18 |
| students, except under a mutual agreement between the school |
19 |
| board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
20 |
| which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may |
21 |
| not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
22 |
| disabilities in a special education program.
|
23 |
| As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
24 |
| public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
25 |
| Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
26 |
| Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
27 |
| instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
28 |
| programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
29 |
| equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
30 |
| training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
31 |
| with a school district or a public community college district |
32 |
| to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
33 |
| more than one educational
service region may be established by |
34 |
| the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
35 |
| educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 139 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| more than one educational service region may be operated under |
2 |
| such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
3 |
| educational service
regions may agree.
|
4 |
| Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
5 |
| provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
6 |
| State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
7 |
| the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
8 |
| Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
9 |
| State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
10 |
| applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
11 |
| determined under
this Section.
|
12 |
| (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
|
13 |
| (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
14 |
| supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
15 |
| general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
16 |
| Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
17 |
| reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
18 |
| the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
19 |
| of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
20 |
| paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
21 |
| operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
22 |
| remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
23 |
| shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
24 |
| provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
25 |
| Article.
|
26 |
| (2) (Blank).
|
27 |
| (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
28 |
| provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
29 |
| (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
|
30 |
| The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
31 |
| subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
32 |
| The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
33 |
| Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
34 |
| members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 140 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
2 |
| appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
3 |
| appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
4 |
| initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
5 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
6 |
| term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
7 |
| third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
8 |
| member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
9 |
| initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
10 |
| is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
11 |
| commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
12 |
| the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
13 |
| by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
14 |
| after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
15 |
| number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
16 |
| respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
17 |
| January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
18 |
| commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
19 |
| expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
20 |
| appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
21 |
| respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
22 |
| shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
23 |
| a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
24 |
| in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
25 |
| until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
26 |
| appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
27 |
| person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
28 |
| Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
29 |
| made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
30 |
| vacancies.
|
31 |
| The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
32 |
| established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
33 |
| to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
34 |
| that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
35 |
| initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
36 |
| then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 141 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
2 |
| Governor as in the case of vacancies.
|
3 |
| The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
4 |
| assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
5 |
| reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
6 |
| its responsibilities.
|
7 |
| For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
8 |
| Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
9 |
| State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
10 |
| provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
11 |
| foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
|
12 |
| for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under |
13 |
| subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high |
14 |
| concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
15 |
| foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
16 |
| which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
17 |
| low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
18 |
| Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
19 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
20 |
| numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
21 |
| (N) (Blank).
|
22 |
| (O) References.
|
23 |
| (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
24 |
| Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
25 |
| replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
26 |
| the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
27 |
| extent that those references remain applicable.
|
28 |
| (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
29 |
| be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
30 |
| provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
|
31 |
| (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent |
32 |
| changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on |
33 |
| Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 142 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last |
2 |
| acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is |
3 |
| the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. |
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, |
5 |
| eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; 94-69, |
6 |
| eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; revised 8-22-05.)
|
7 |
| (105 ILCS 5/19-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 19-1)
|
8 |
| (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 94-234 )
|
9 |
| Sec. 19-1. Debt limitations of school districts.
|
10 |
| (a) School districts shall not be subject to the provisions |
11 |
| limiting their
indebtedness prescribed in "An Act to limit the |
12 |
| indebtedness of counties having
a population of less than |
13 |
| 500,000 and townships, school districts and other
municipal |
14 |
| corporations having a population of less than 300,000", |
15 |
| approved
February 15, 1928, as amended.
|
16 |
| No school districts maintaining grades K through 8 or 9 |
17 |
| through 12
shall become indebted in any manner or for any |
18 |
| purpose to an amount,
including existing indebtedness, in the |
19 |
| aggregate exceeding 6.9% on the
value of the taxable property |
20 |
| therein to be ascertained by the last assessment
for State and |
21 |
| county taxes or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum |
22 |
| that
is produced by multiplying the school district's 1978 |
23 |
| equalized assessed
valuation by the debt limitation percentage |
24 |
| in effect on January 1, 1979,
previous to the incurring of such |
25 |
| indebtedness.
|
26 |
| No school districts maintaining grades K through 12 shall |
27 |
| become
indebted in any manner or for any purpose to an amount, |
28 |
| including
existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding |
29 |
| 13.8% on the value of
the taxable property therein to be |
30 |
| ascertained by the last assessment
for State and county taxes |
31 |
| or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum that
is produced |
32 |
| by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized assessed
|
33 |
| valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on |
34 |
| January 1, 1979,
previous to the incurring of such |
35 |
| indebtedness.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 143 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law to the |
2 |
| contrary, in any
case in which the voters of a school district |
3 |
| have approved a proposition
for the issuance of bonds of such |
4 |
| school district at an election held prior
to January 1, 1979, |
5 |
| and all of the bonds approved at such election have
not been |
6 |
| issued, the debt limitation applicable to such school district
|
7 |
| during the calendar year 1979 shall be computed by multiplying |
8 |
| the value
of taxable property therein, including personal |
9 |
| property, as ascertained
by the last assessment for State and |
10 |
| county taxes, previous to the incurring
of such indebtedness, |
11 |
| by the percentage limitation applicable to such school
district |
12 |
| under the provisions of this subsection (a).
|
13 |
| (b) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
14 |
| subsection (a)
of this Section, additional indebtedness may be |
15 |
| incurred in an amount
not to exceed the estimated cost of |
16 |
| acquiring or improving school sites
or constructing and |
17 |
| equipping additional building facilities under the
following |
18 |
| conditions:
|
19 |
| (1) Whenever the enrollment of students for the next |
20 |
| school year is
estimated by the board of education to |
21 |
| increase over the actual present
enrollment by not less |
22 |
| than 35% or by not less than 200 students or the
actual |
23 |
| present enrollment of students has increased over the |
24 |
| previous
school year by not less than 35% or by not less |
25 |
| than 200 students and
the board of education determines |
26 |
| that additional school sites or
building facilities are |
27 |
| required as a result of such increase in
enrollment; and
|
28 |
| (2) When the Regional Superintendent of Schools having |
29 |
| jurisdiction
over the school district and the State |
30 |
| Superintendent of Education
concur in such enrollment |
31 |
| projection or increase and approve the need
for such |
32 |
| additional school sites or building facilities and the
|
33 |
| estimated cost thereof; and
|
34 |
| (3) When the voters in the school district approve a |
35 |
| proposition for
the issuance of bonds for the purpose of |
36 |
| acquiring or improving such
needed school sites or |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 144 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| constructing and equipping such needed additional
building |
2 |
| facilities at an election called and held for that purpose.
|
3 |
| Notice of such an election shall state that the amount of |
4 |
| indebtedness
proposed to be incurred would exceed the debt |
5 |
| limitation otherwise
applicable to the school district. |
6 |
| The ballot for such proposition
shall state what percentage |
7 |
| of the equalized assessed valuation will be
outstanding in |
8 |
| bonds if the proposed issuance of bonds is approved by
the |
9 |
| voters; or
|
10 |
| (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) |
11 |
| through (3) of
this subsection (b), if the school board |
12 |
| determines that additional
facilities are needed to |
13 |
| provide a quality educational program and not
less than 2/3 |
14 |
| of those voting in an election called by the school board
|
15 |
| on the question approve the issuance of bonds for the |
16 |
| construction of
such facilities, the school district may |
17 |
| issue bonds for this
purpose; or
|
18 |
| (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) |
19 |
| through (3) of this
subsection (b), if (i) the school |
20 |
| district has previously availed itself of the
provisions of |
21 |
| paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) to enable it to issue |
22 |
| bonds,
(ii) the voters of the school district have not |
23 |
| defeated a proposition for the
issuance of bonds since the |
24 |
| referendum described in paragraph (4) of this
subsection |
25 |
| (b) was held, (iii) the school board determines that |
26 |
| additional
facilities are needed to provide a quality |
27 |
| educational program, and (iv) a
majority of those voting in |
28 |
| an election called by the school board on the
question |
29 |
| approve the issuance of bonds for the construction of such |
30 |
| facilities,
the school district may issue bonds for this |
31 |
| purpose.
|
32 |
| In no event shall the indebtedness incurred pursuant to |
33 |
| this
subsection (b) and the existing indebtedness of the school |
34 |
| district
exceed 15% of the value of the taxable property |
35 |
| therein to be
ascertained by the last assessment for State and |
36 |
| county taxes, previous
to the incurring of such indebtedness |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 145 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| or, until January 1, 1983, if greater,
the sum that is produced |
2 |
| by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized
assessed |
3 |
| valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on |
4 |
| January 1,
1979.
|
5 |
| The indebtedness provided for by this subsection (b) shall |
6 |
| be in
addition to and in excess of any other debt limitation.
|
7 |
| (c) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
8 |
| subsection (a)
of this Section, in any case in which a public |
9 |
| question for the issuance
of bonds of a proposed school |
10 |
| district maintaining grades kindergarten
through 12 received |
11 |
| at least 60% of the valid ballots cast on the question at
an |
12 |
| election held on or prior to November 8, 1994, and in which the |
13 |
| bonds
approved at such election have not been issued, the |
14 |
| school district pursuant to
the requirements of Section 11A-10 |
15 |
| (now repealed) may issue the total amount of bonds approved
at |
16 |
| such election for the purpose stated in the question.
|
17 |
| (d) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
18 |
| subsection (a)
of this Section, a school district that meets |
19 |
| all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) and (2) of this |
20 |
| subsection (d) may incur an additional
indebtedness in an |
21 |
| amount not to exceed $4,500,000, even though the amount of
the |
22 |
| additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (d), |
23 |
| when incurred
and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness |
24 |
| of the district existing
immediately prior to the district |
25 |
| incurring the additional indebtedness
authorized by this |
26 |
| subsection (d), causes the aggregate indebtedness of the
|
27 |
| district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable to |
28 |
| that district
under subsection (a):
|
29 |
| (1) The additional indebtedness authorized by this |
30 |
| subsection (d) is
incurred by the school district through |
31 |
| the issuance of bonds under and in
accordance with Section |
32 |
| 17-2.11a for the purpose of replacing a school
building |
33 |
| which, because of mine subsidence damage, has been closed |
34 |
| as provided
in paragraph (2) of this subsection (d) or |
35 |
| through the issuance of bonds under
and in accordance with |
36 |
| Section 19-3 for the purpose of increasing the size of,
or |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 146 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| providing for additional functions in, such replacement |
2 |
| school buildings, or
both such purposes.
|
3 |
| (2) The bonds issued by the school district as provided |
4 |
| in paragraph (1)
above are issued for the purposes of |
5 |
| construction by the school district of
a new school |
6 |
| building pursuant to Section 17-2.11, to replace an |
7 |
| existing
school building that, because of mine subsidence |
8 |
| damage, is closed as of the
end of the 1992-93 school year |
9 |
| pursuant to action of the regional
superintendent of |
10 |
| schools of the educational service region in which the
|
11 |
| district is located under Section 3-14.22 or are issued for |
12 |
| the purpose of
increasing the size of, or providing for |
13 |
| additional functions in, the new
school building being |
14 |
| constructed to replace a school building closed as the
|
15 |
| result of mine subsidence damage, or both such purposes.
|
16 |
| (e) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
17 |
| subsection (a) of
this Section, a school district that meets |
18 |
| all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) through (5) of |
19 |
| this subsection (e) may, without referendum,
incur an |
20 |
| additional indebtedness in an amount not to exceed the lesser |
21 |
| of
$5,000,000 or 1.5% of the value of the taxable property |
22 |
| within the district
even though the amount of the additional |
23 |
| indebtedness authorized by this
subsection (e), when incurred |
24 |
| and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness
of the |
25 |
| district existing immediately prior to the district incurring |
26 |
| that
additional indebtedness, causes the aggregate |
27 |
| indebtedness of the district to
exceed or increases the amount |
28 |
| by which the aggregate indebtedness of the
district already |
29 |
| exceeds the debt limitation otherwise applicable to that
|
30 |
| district under subsection (a):
|
31 |
| (1) The State Board of Education certifies the school |
32 |
| district under
Section 19-1.5 as a financially distressed |
33 |
| district.
|
34 |
| (2) The additional indebtedness authorized by this |
35 |
| subsection (e) is
incurred by the financially distressed |
36 |
| district during the school year or
school years in which |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 147 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the certification of the district as a financially
|
2 |
| distressed district continues in effect through the |
3 |
| issuance of bonds for the
lawful school purposes of the |
4 |
| district, pursuant to resolution of the school
board and |
5 |
| without referendum, as provided in paragraph (5) of this |
6 |
| subsection.
|
7 |
| (3) The aggregate amount of bonds issued by the |
8 |
| financially distressed
district during a fiscal year in |
9 |
| which it is authorized to issue bonds under
this subsection |
10 |
| does not exceed the amount by which the aggregate |
11 |
| expenditures
of the district for operational purposes |
12 |
| during the immediately preceding
fiscal year exceeds the |
13 |
| amount appropriated for the operational
purposes of the |
14 |
| district in the annual school budget adopted by the school
|
15 |
| board of the district for the fiscal year in which the |
16 |
| bonds are issued.
|
17 |
| (4) Throughout each fiscal year in which certification |
18 |
| of the district as
a financially distressed district |
19 |
| continues in effect, the district maintains
in effect a |
20 |
| gross salary expense and gross wage expense freeze policy |
21 |
| under
which the district expenditures for total employee |
22 |
| salaries and wages do not
exceed such expenditures for the |
23 |
| immediately preceding fiscal year. Nothing in
this |
24 |
| paragraph, however, shall be deemed to impair or to require |
25 |
| impairment of
the contractual obligations, including |
26 |
| collective bargaining agreements, of the
district or to |
27 |
| impair or require the impairment of the vested rights of |
28 |
| any
employee of the district under the terms of any |
29 |
| contract or agreement in effect
on the effective date of |
30 |
| this amendatory Act of 1994.
|
31 |
| (5) Bonds issued by the financially distressed |
32 |
| district under this
subsection shall bear interest at a |
33 |
| rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by law at |
34 |
| the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
within |
35 |
| 40 years from their date of issue, and shall be signed by |
36 |
| the president
of the school board and treasurer of the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 148 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| school district. In order to issue
bonds under this |
2 |
| subsection, the school board shall adopt a resolution |
3 |
| fixing
the amount of the bonds, the
date of the bonds, the |
4 |
| maturities of the bonds, the rates of interest of the
|
5 |
| bonds, and their place of payment and denomination, and |
6 |
| shall provide
for the levy and collection of a direct |
7 |
| annual tax upon all the taxable
property in the district |
8 |
| sufficient to pay the principal and interest on the
bonds |
9 |
| to maturity. Upon the filing in the office of the county |
10 |
| clerk of the
county in which the financially
distressed |
11 |
| district is located of a certified copy of the resolution, |
12 |
| it is the
duty of the county clerk to extend the tax |
13 |
| therefor in addition to and in
excess of all other taxes at |
14 |
| any time authorized to be levied by the district.
If bond |
15 |
| proceeds from the sale of bonds include a premium or if the |
16 |
| proceeds of
the bonds are invested as authorized by law, |
17 |
| the school board shall determine
by resolution whether the |
18 |
| interest earned on the investment of bond proceeds or
the |
19 |
| premium realized on the sale of the bonds is to be used for |
20 |
| any of the
lawful school purposes for which the bonds were |
21 |
| issued or for the payment of
the principal indebtedness and |
22 |
| interest on the bonds. The proceeds of the bond
sale shall |
23 |
| be deposited in the educational purposes fund of the |
24 |
| district and
shall be used to pay operational expenses of |
25 |
| the district. This subsection is
cumulative and |
26 |
| constitutes complete authority for the issuance of bonds as
|
27 |
| provided in this subsection, notwithstanding any other law |
28 |
| to the contrary.
|
29 |
| (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of |
30 |
| this Section or of
any other law, bonds in not to exceed the |
31 |
| aggregate amount of $5,500,000 and
issued by a school district |
32 |
| meeting the following criteria shall not be
considered |
33 |
| indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may |
34 |
| be
issued in an amount or amounts, including existing |
35 |
| indebtedness, in excess of
any heretofore or hereafter imposed |
36 |
| statutory limitation as to indebtedness:
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 149 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (1) At the time of the sale of such bonds, the board of |
2 |
| education of the
district shall have determined by |
3 |
| resolution that the enrollment of students in
the district |
4 |
| is projected to increase by not less than 7% during each of |
5 |
| the
next succeeding 2 school years.
|
6 |
| (2) The board of education shall also determine by |
7 |
| resolution that the
improvements to be financed with the |
8 |
| proceeds of the bonds are needed because
of the projected |
9 |
| enrollment increases.
|
10 |
| (3) The board of education shall also determine by |
11 |
| resolution that the
projected increases in enrollment are |
12 |
| the result of improvements made or
expected to be made to |
13 |
| passenger rail facilities located in the school
district.
|
14 |
| Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this |
15 |
| Section or of any other law, a school district that has availed |
16 |
| itself of the provisions of this subsection (f) prior to July |
17 |
| 22, 2004 (the effective date of Public Act 93-799) may also |
18 |
| issue bonds approved by referendum up to an amount, including |
19 |
| existing indebtedness, not exceeding 25% of the equalized |
20 |
| assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all |
21 |
| of the conditions set forth in items (1), (2), and (3) of this |
22 |
| subsection (f) are met.
|
23 |
| (g) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of |
24 |
| this Section or any
other law, bonds in not to exceed an |
25 |
| aggregate amount of 25% of the equalized
assessed value of the |
26 |
| taxable property of a school district and issued by a
school |
27 |
| district meeting the criteria in paragraphs (i) through (iv) of |
28 |
| this
subsection shall not be considered indebtedness for |
29 |
| purposes of any statutory
limitation and may be issued pursuant |
30 |
| to resolution of the school board in an
amount or amounts, |
31 |
| including existing indebtedness, in
excess of any statutory |
32 |
| limitation of indebtedness heretofore or hereafter
imposed:
|
33 |
| (i) The bonds are issued for the purpose of |
34 |
| constructing a new high school
building to replace two |
35 |
| adjacent existing buildings which together house a
single |
36 |
| high school, each of which is more than 65 years old, and |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 150 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| which together
are located on more than 10 acres and less |
2 |
| than 11 acres of property.
|
3 |
| (ii) At the time the resolution authorizing the |
4 |
| issuance of the bonds is
adopted, the cost of constructing |
5 |
| a new school building to replace the existing
school |
6 |
| building is less than 60% of the cost of repairing the |
7 |
| existing school
building.
|
8 |
| (iii) The sale of the bonds occurs before July 1, 1997.
|
9 |
| (iv) The school district issuing the bonds is a unit |
10 |
| school district
located in a county of less than 70,000 and |
11 |
| more than 50,000 inhabitants,
which has an average daily |
12 |
| attendance of less than 1,500 and an equalized
assessed |
13 |
| valuation of less than $29,000,000.
|
14 |
| (h) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
15 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a |
16 |
| community unit school
district maintaining grades K through 12 |
17 |
| may issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing |
18 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 27.6% of the equalized assessed
|
19 |
| value of the taxable property in the district, if all of the |
20 |
| following
conditions are met:
|
21 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
22 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $24,000,000;
|
23 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital improvement, |
24 |
| renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement of existing |
25 |
| school buildings of the district,
all of which buildings |
26 |
| were originally constructed not less than 40 years ago;
|
27 |
| (iii) The voters of the district approve a proposition |
28 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after |
29 |
| March 19, 1996; and
|
30 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
31 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
32 |
| (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
33 |
| the provisions
of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a |
34 |
| community unit school district
maintaining grades K through 12 |
35 |
| may issue bonds up to an amount, including
existing |
36 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed value |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 151 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| of the
taxable property in the district, if all of the |
2 |
| following conditions are met:
|
3 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
4 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $44,600,000;
|
5 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital improvement, |
6 |
| renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement
of existing |
7 |
| school buildings of the district, all of which
existing |
8 |
| buildings were originally constructed not less than 80 |
9 |
| years ago;
|
10 |
| (iii) The voters of the district approve a proposition |
11 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after |
12 |
| December 31, 1996; and
|
13 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
14 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
15 |
| (j) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
16 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1999, a |
17 |
| community unit school
district maintaining grades K through 12 |
18 |
| may issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing |
19 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed
value |
20 |
| of the taxable property in the district if all of the following
|
21 |
| conditions are met:
|
22 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
23 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $140,000,000 |
24 |
| and a best 3 months
average daily
attendance for the |
25 |
| 1995-96 school year of at least 2,800;
|
26 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued to purchase a site and build |
27 |
| and equip a new
high school, and the school district's |
28 |
| existing high school was originally
constructed not less |
29 |
| than 35
years prior to the sale of the bonds;
|
30 |
| (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board |
31 |
| of education
determines
by resolution that a new high |
32 |
| school is needed because of projected enrollment
|
33 |
| increases;
|
34 |
| (iv) At least 60% of those voting in an election held
|
35 |
| after December 31, 1996 approve a proposition
for the |
36 |
| issuance of
the bonds; and
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 152 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
2 |
| through
19-7 of this Code.
|
3 |
| (k) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
4 |
| subsection (a) of
this Section, a school district that meets |
5 |
| all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) through (4) of |
6 |
| this subsection (k) may issue bonds to incur an
additional |
7 |
| indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 even though |
8 |
| the
amount of the additional indebtedness authorized by this |
9 |
| subsection (k), when
incurred and added to the aggregate amount |
10 |
| of indebtedness of the school
district existing immediately |
11 |
| prior to the school district incurring such
additional |
12 |
| indebtedness, causes the aggregate indebtedness of the school
|
13 |
| district to exceed or increases the amount by which the |
14 |
| aggregate indebtedness
of the district already exceeds the debt |
15 |
| limitation otherwise applicable to
that school district under |
16 |
| subsection (a):
|
17 |
| (1) the school district is located in 2 counties, and a |
18 |
| referendum to
authorize the additional indebtedness was |
19 |
| approved by a majority of the voters
of the school district |
20 |
| voting on the proposition to authorize that
indebtedness;
|
21 |
| (2) the additional indebtedness is for the purpose of |
22 |
| financing a
multi-purpose room addition to the existing |
23 |
| high school;
|
24 |
| (3) the additional indebtedness, together with the |
25 |
| existing indebtedness
of the school district, shall not |
26 |
| exceed 17.4% of the value of the taxable
property in the |
27 |
| school district, to be ascertained by the last assessment |
28 |
| for
State and county taxes; and
|
29 |
| (4) the bonds evidencing the additional indebtedness |
30 |
| are issued, if at
all, within 120 days of the effective |
31 |
| date of this amendatory Act of 1998.
|
32 |
| (l) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
33 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 2000, a |
34 |
| school district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 8 may |
35 |
| issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing indebtedness, |
36 |
| not exceeding 15% of the equalized assessed
value of the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 153 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| taxable property in the district if all of the following
|
2 |
| conditions are met:
|
3 |
| (i) the district has an equalized assessed valuation |
4 |
| for calendar year
1996 of less than $10,000,000;
|
5 |
| (ii) the bonds are issued for capital improvement, |
6 |
| renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement of one or more |
7 |
| school buildings of the district,
which buildings were |
8 |
| originally constructed not less than 70 years ago;
|
9 |
| (iii) the voters of the district approve a proposition |
10 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held on or |
11 |
| after March 17, 1998; and
|
12 |
| (iv) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
13 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
14 |
| (m) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
15 |
| the provisions
of
any other law, until January 1, 1999, an |
16 |
| elementary school district maintaining
grades K through 8 may |
17 |
| issue bonds up to an amount, excluding existing
indebtedness, |
18 |
| not exceeding 18% of the equalized assessed value of the |
19 |
| taxable
property in the district, if all of the following |
20 |
| conditions are met:
|
21 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
22 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 or less than $7,700,000;
|
23 |
| (ii) The school district operates 2 elementary |
24 |
| attendance centers that
until
1976 were operated as the |
25 |
| attendance centers of 2 separate and distinct school
|
26 |
| districts;
|
27 |
| (iii) The bonds are issued for the construction of a |
28 |
| new elementary school
building to replace an existing |
29 |
| multi-level elementary school building of the
school |
30 |
| district that is not handicapped accessible at all levels |
31 |
| and parts of
which were constructed more than 75 years ago;
|
32 |
| (iv) The voters of the school district approve a |
33 |
| proposition for the
issuance of the bonds at a referendum |
34 |
| held after July 1, 1998; and
|
35 |
| (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
36 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 154 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (n) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
2 |
| subsection (a) of
this Section or any other provisions of this |
3 |
| Section or of any other law, a
school district that meets all |
4 |
| of the criteria set forth in paragraphs (i)
through (vi) of |
5 |
| this subsection (n) may incur additional indebtedness by the
|
6 |
| issuance of bonds in an amount not exceeding the amount |
7 |
| certified by the
Capital Development Board to the school |
8 |
| district as provided in paragraph (iii)
of
this subsection (n), |
9 |
| even though the amount of the additional indebtedness so
|
10 |
| authorized, when incurred and added to the aggregate amount of |
11 |
| indebtedness of
the district existing immediately prior to the |
12 |
| district incurring the
additional indebtedness authorized by |
13 |
| this subsection (n), causes the aggregate
indebtedness of the |
14 |
| district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable
by |
15 |
| law to that district:
|
16 |
| (i) The school district applies to the State Board of |
17 |
| Education for a
school construction project grant and |
18 |
| submits a district facilities plan in
support
of its |
19 |
| application pursuant to Section 5-20 of
the School |
20 |
| Construction Law.
|
21 |
| (ii) The school district's application and facilities |
22 |
| plan are approved
by,
and the district receives a grant |
23 |
| entitlement for a school construction project
issued by, |
24 |
| the State Board of Education under the School Construction |
25 |
| Law.
|
26 |
| (iii) The school district has exhausted its bonding |
27 |
| capacity or the unused
bonding capacity of the district is |
28 |
| less than the amount certified by the
Capital Development |
29 |
| Board to the district under Section 5-15 of the School
|
30 |
| Construction Law as the dollar amount of the school |
31 |
| construction project's cost
that the district will be |
32 |
| required to finance with non-grant funds in order to
|
33 |
| receive a school construction project grant under the |
34 |
| School Construction Law.
|
35 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued for a "school construction |
36 |
| project", as that
term is defined in Section 5-5 of the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 155 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| School Construction Law, in an amount
that does not exceed |
2 |
| the dollar amount certified, as provided in paragraph
(iii) |
3 |
| of this subsection (n), by the Capital Development Board
to |
4 |
| the school
district under Section 5-15 of the School |
5 |
| Construction Law.
|
6 |
| (v) The voters of the district approve a proposition |
7 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after |
8 |
| the criteria specified in paragraphs (i)
and (iii) of this |
9 |
| subsection (n) are met.
|
10 |
| (vi) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
11 |
| through 19-7 of the
School Code.
|
12 |
| (o) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
13 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until November 1, 2007, a |
14 |
| community unit
school district maintaining grades K through 12 |
15 |
| may issue bonds up to
an amount, including existing |
16 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 20% of the
equalized assessed value |
17 |
| of the taxable property in the district if all of the
following |
18 |
| conditions are met:
|
19 |
| (i) the school district has an equalized assessed |
20 |
| valuation
for calendar year 2001 of at least $737,000,000 |
21 |
| and an enrollment
for the 2002-2003 school year of at least |
22 |
| 8,500;
|
23 |
| (ii) the bonds are issued to purchase school sites, |
24 |
| build and
equip a new high school, build and equip a new |
25 |
| junior high school,
build and equip 5 new elementary |
26 |
| schools, and make technology
and other improvements and |
27 |
| additions to existing schools;
|
28 |
| (iii) at the time of the sale of the bonds, the board |
29 |
| of
education determines by resolution that the sites and |
30 |
| new or
improved facilities are needed because of projected |
31 |
| enrollment
increases;
|
32 |
| (iv) at least 57% of those voting in a general election |
33 |
| held
prior to January 1, 2003 approved a proposition for |
34 |
| the issuance of
the bonds; and
|
35 |
| (v) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
36 |
| through
19-7 of this Code.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 156 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (p) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
2 |
| the provisions of any other law, a community unit school |
3 |
| district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to |
4 |
| an amount, including indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the |
5 |
| equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the |
6 |
| district if all of the following conditions are met: |
7 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
8 |
| valuation for calendar year 2001 of at least $295,741,187 |
9 |
| and a best 3 months' average daily attendance for the |
10 |
| 2002-2003 school year of at least 2,394. |
11 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued to build and equip 3 |
12 |
| elementary school buildings; build and equip one middle |
13 |
| school building; and alter, repair, improve, and equip all |
14 |
| existing school buildings in the district. |
15 |
| (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board |
16 |
| of education determines by resolution that the project is |
17 |
| needed because of expanding growth in the school district |
18 |
| and a projected enrollment increase. |
19 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
20 |
| through 19-7 of this Code.
|
21 |
| (p-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section |
22 |
| or the provisions of any other law, bonds issued by a community |
23 |
| unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 shall not |
24 |
| be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory |
25 |
| limitation and may be issued in an amount or amounts, including |
26 |
| existing indebtedness, in excess of any heretofore or hereafter |
27 |
| imposed statutory limitation as to indebtedness, if all of the |
28 |
| following conditions are met: |
29 |
| (i) For each of the 4 most recent years, residential |
30 |
| property comprises more than 80% of the equalized assessed |
31 |
| valuation of the district. |
32 |
| (ii) At least 2 school buildings that were constructed |
33 |
| 40 or more years prior to the issuance of the bonds will be |
34 |
| demolished and will be replaced by new buildings or |
35 |
| additions to one or more existing buildings. |
36 |
| (iii) Voters of the district approve a proposition for |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 157 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the issuance of the bonds at a regularly scheduled |
2 |
| election. |
3 |
| (iv) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school |
4 |
| board determines by resolution that the new buildings or |
5 |
| building additions are needed because of an increase in |
6 |
| enrollment projected by the school board. |
7 |
| (v) The principal amount of the bonds, including |
8 |
| existing indebtedness, does not exceed 25% of the equalized |
9 |
| assessed value of the taxable property in the district. |
10 |
| (vi) The bonds are issued prior to January 1, 2007, |
11 |
| pursuant to Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of this Code.
|
12 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-13, eff. 6-9-03; 93-799, eff. 7-22-04; |
13 |
| 93-1045, eff. 10-15-04; 94-721, eff. 1-6-06.)
|
14 |
| (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 94-234 )
|
15 |
| Sec. 19-1. Debt limitations of school districts.
|
16 |
| (a) School districts shall not be subject to the provisions |
17 |
| limiting their
indebtedness prescribed in "An Act to limit the |
18 |
| indebtedness of counties having
a population of less than |
19 |
| 500,000 and townships, school districts and other
municipal |
20 |
| corporations having a population of less than 300,000", |
21 |
| approved
February 15, 1928, as amended.
|
22 |
| No school districts maintaining grades K through 8 or 9 |
23 |
| through 12
shall become indebted in any manner or for any |
24 |
| purpose to an amount,
including existing indebtedness, in the |
25 |
| aggregate exceeding 6.9% on the
value of the taxable property |
26 |
| therein to be ascertained by the last assessment
for State and |
27 |
| county taxes or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum |
28 |
| that
is produced by multiplying the school district's 1978 |
29 |
| equalized assessed
valuation by the debt limitation percentage |
30 |
| in effect on January 1, 1979,
previous to the incurring of such |
31 |
| indebtedness.
|
32 |
| No school districts maintaining grades K through 12 shall |
33 |
| become
indebted in any manner or for any purpose to an amount, |
34 |
| including
existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding |
35 |
| 13.8% on the value of
the taxable property therein to be |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 158 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| ascertained by the last assessment
for State and county taxes |
2 |
| or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum that
is produced |
3 |
| by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized assessed
|
4 |
| valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on |
5 |
| January 1, 1979,
previous to the incurring of such |
6 |
| indebtedness.
|
7 |
| Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law to the |
8 |
| contrary, in any
case in which the voters of a school district |
9 |
| have approved a proposition
for the issuance of bonds of such |
10 |
| school district at an election held prior
to January 1, 1979, |
11 |
| and all of the bonds approved at such election have
not been |
12 |
| issued, the debt limitation applicable to such school district
|
13 |
| during the calendar year 1979 shall be computed by multiplying |
14 |
| the value
of taxable property therein, including personal |
15 |
| property, as ascertained
by the last assessment for State and |
16 |
| county taxes, previous to the incurring
of such indebtedness, |
17 |
| by the percentage limitation applicable to such school
district |
18 |
| under the provisions of this subsection (a).
|
19 |
| (b) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
20 |
| subsection (a)
of this Section, additional indebtedness may be |
21 |
| incurred in an amount
not to exceed the estimated cost of |
22 |
| acquiring or improving school sites
or constructing and |
23 |
| equipping additional building facilities under the
following |
24 |
| conditions:
|
25 |
| (1) Whenever the enrollment of students for the next |
26 |
| school year is
estimated by the board of education to |
27 |
| increase over the actual present
enrollment by not less |
28 |
| than 35% or by not less than 200 students or the
actual |
29 |
| present enrollment of students has increased over the |
30 |
| previous
school year by not less than 35% or by not less |
31 |
| than 200 students and
the board of education determines |
32 |
| that additional school sites or
building facilities are |
33 |
| required as a result of such increase in
enrollment; and
|
34 |
| (2) When the Regional Superintendent of Schools having |
35 |
| jurisdiction
over the school district and the State |
36 |
| Superintendent of Education
concur in such enrollment |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 159 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| projection or increase and approve the need
for such |
2 |
| additional school sites or building facilities and the
|
3 |
| estimated cost thereof; and
|
4 |
| (3) When the voters in the school district approve a |
5 |
| proposition for
the issuance of bonds for the purpose of |
6 |
| acquiring or improving such
needed school sites or |
7 |
| constructing and equipping such needed additional
building |
8 |
| facilities at an election called and held for that purpose.
|
9 |
| Notice of such an election shall state that the amount of |
10 |
| indebtedness
proposed to be incurred would exceed the debt |
11 |
| limitation otherwise
applicable to the school district. |
12 |
| The ballot for such proposition
shall state what percentage |
13 |
| of the equalized assessed valuation will be
outstanding in |
14 |
| bonds if the proposed issuance of bonds is approved by
the |
15 |
| voters; or
|
16 |
| (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) |
17 |
| through (3) of
this subsection (b), if the school board |
18 |
| determines that additional
facilities are needed to |
19 |
| provide a quality educational program and not
less than 2/3 |
20 |
| of those voting in an election called by the school board
|
21 |
| on the question approve the issuance of bonds for the |
22 |
| construction of
such facilities, the school district may |
23 |
| issue bonds for this
purpose; or
|
24 |
| (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) |
25 |
| through (3) of this
subsection (b), if (i) the school |
26 |
| district has previously availed itself of the
provisions of |
27 |
| paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) to enable it to issue |
28 |
| bonds,
(ii) the voters of the school district have not |
29 |
| defeated a proposition for the
issuance of bonds since the |
30 |
| referendum described in paragraph (4) of this
subsection |
31 |
| (b) was held, (iii) the school board determines that |
32 |
| additional
facilities are needed to provide a quality |
33 |
| educational program, and (iv) a
majority of those voting in |
34 |
| an election called by the school board on the
question |
35 |
| approve the issuance of bonds for the construction of such |
36 |
| facilities,
the school district may issue bonds for this |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 160 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| purpose.
|
2 |
| In no event shall the indebtedness incurred pursuant to |
3 |
| this
subsection (b) and the existing indebtedness of the school |
4 |
| district
exceed 15% of the value of the taxable property |
5 |
| therein to be
ascertained by the last assessment for State and |
6 |
| county taxes, previous
to the incurring of such indebtedness |
7 |
| or, until January 1, 1983, if greater,
the sum that is produced |
8 |
| by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized
assessed |
9 |
| valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on |
10 |
| January 1,
1979.
|
11 |
| The indebtedness provided for by this subsection (b) shall |
12 |
| be in
addition to and in excess of any other debt limitation.
|
13 |
| (c) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
14 |
| subsection (a)
of this Section, in any case in which a public |
15 |
| question for the issuance
of bonds of a proposed school |
16 |
| district maintaining grades kindergarten
through 12 received |
17 |
| at least 60% of the valid ballots cast on the question at
an |
18 |
| election held on or prior to November 8, 1994, and in which the |
19 |
| bonds
approved at such election have not been issued, the |
20 |
| school district pursuant to
the requirements of Section 11A-10 |
21 |
| (now repealed) may issue the total amount of bonds approved
at |
22 |
| such election for the purpose stated in the question.
|
23 |
| (d) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
24 |
| subsection (a)
of this Section, a school district that meets |
25 |
| all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) and (2) of this |
26 |
| subsection (d) may incur an additional
indebtedness in an |
27 |
| amount not to exceed $4,500,000, even though the amount of
the |
28 |
| additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (d), |
29 |
| when incurred
and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness |
30 |
| of the district existing
immediately prior to the district |
31 |
| incurring the additional indebtedness
authorized by this |
32 |
| subsection (d), causes the aggregate indebtedness of the
|
33 |
| district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable to |
34 |
| that district
under subsection (a):
|
35 |
| (1) The additional indebtedness authorized by this |
36 |
| subsection (d) is
incurred by the school district through |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 161 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| the issuance of bonds under and in
accordance with Section |
2 |
| 17-2.11a for the purpose of replacing a school
building |
3 |
| which, because of mine subsidence damage, has been closed |
4 |
| as provided
in paragraph (2) of this subsection (d) or |
5 |
| through the issuance of bonds under
and in accordance with |
6 |
| Section 19-3 for the purpose of increasing the size of,
or |
7 |
| providing for additional functions in, such replacement |
8 |
| school buildings, or
both such purposes.
|
9 |
| (2) The bonds issued by the school district as provided |
10 |
| in paragraph (1)
above are issued for the purposes of |
11 |
| construction by the school district of
a new school |
12 |
| building pursuant to Section 17-2.11, to replace an |
13 |
| existing
school building that, because of mine subsidence |
14 |
| damage, is closed as of the
end of the 1992-93 school year |
15 |
| pursuant to action of the regional
superintendent of |
16 |
| schools of the educational service region in which the
|
17 |
| district is located under Section 3-14.22 or are issued for |
18 |
| the purpose of
increasing the size of, or providing for |
19 |
| additional functions in, the new
school building being |
20 |
| constructed to replace a school building closed as the
|
21 |
| result of mine subsidence damage, or both such purposes.
|
22 |
| (e) (Blank).
|
23 |
| (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of |
24 |
| this Section or of
any other law, bonds in not to exceed the |
25 |
| aggregate amount of $5,500,000 and
issued by a school district |
26 |
| meeting the following criteria shall not be
considered |
27 |
| indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may |
28 |
| be
issued in an amount or amounts, including existing |
29 |
| indebtedness, in excess of
any heretofore or hereafter imposed |
30 |
| statutory limitation as to indebtedness:
|
31 |
| (1) At the time of the sale of such bonds, the board of |
32 |
| education of the
district shall have determined by |
33 |
| resolution that the enrollment of students in
the district |
34 |
| is projected to increase by not less than 7% during each of |
35 |
| the
next succeeding 2 school years.
|
36 |
| (2) The board of education shall also determine by |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 162 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| resolution that the
improvements to be financed with the |
2 |
| proceeds of the bonds are needed because
of the projected |
3 |
| enrollment increases.
|
4 |
| (3) The board of education shall also determine by |
5 |
| resolution that the
projected increases in enrollment are |
6 |
| the result of improvements made or
expected to be made to |
7 |
| passenger rail facilities located in the school
district.
|
8 |
| Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this |
9 |
| Section or of any other law, a school district that has availed |
10 |
| itself of the provisions of this subsection (f) prior to July |
11 |
| 22, 2004 (the effective date of Public Act 93-799) may also |
12 |
| issue bonds approved by referendum up to an amount, including |
13 |
| existing indebtedness, not exceeding 25% of the equalized |
14 |
| assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all |
15 |
| of the conditions set forth in items (1), (2), and (3) of this |
16 |
| subsection (f) are met.
|
17 |
| (g) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of |
18 |
| this Section or any
other law, bonds in not to exceed an |
19 |
| aggregate amount of 25% of the equalized
assessed value of the |
20 |
| taxable property of a school district and issued by a
school |
21 |
| district meeting the criteria in paragraphs (i) through (iv) of |
22 |
| this
subsection shall not be considered indebtedness for |
23 |
| purposes of any statutory
limitation and may be issued pursuant |
24 |
| to resolution of the school board in an
amount or amounts, |
25 |
| including existing indebtedness, in
excess of any statutory |
26 |
| limitation of indebtedness heretofore or hereafter
imposed:
|
27 |
| (i) The bonds are issued for the purpose of |
28 |
| constructing a new high school
building to replace two |
29 |
| adjacent existing buildings which together house a
single |
30 |
| high school, each of which is more than 65 years old, and |
31 |
| which together
are located on more than 10 acres and less |
32 |
| than 11 acres of property.
|
33 |
| (ii) At the time the resolution authorizing the |
34 |
| issuance of the bonds is
adopted, the cost of constructing |
35 |
| a new school building to replace the existing
school |
36 |
| building is less than 60% of the cost of repairing the |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 163 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| existing school
building.
|
2 |
| (iii) The sale of the bonds occurs before July 1, 1997.
|
3 |
| (iv) The school district issuing the bonds is a unit |
4 |
| school district
located in a county of less than 70,000 and |
5 |
| more than 50,000 inhabitants,
which has an average daily |
6 |
| attendance of less than 1,500 and an equalized
assessed |
7 |
| valuation of less than $29,000,000.
|
8 |
| (h) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
9 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a |
10 |
| community unit school
district maintaining grades K through 12 |
11 |
| may issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing |
12 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 27.6% of the equalized assessed
|
13 |
| value of the taxable property in the district, if all of the |
14 |
| following
conditions are met:
|
15 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
16 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $24,000,000;
|
17 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital improvement, |
18 |
| renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement of existing |
19 |
| school buildings of the district,
all of which buildings |
20 |
| were originally constructed not less than 40 years ago;
|
21 |
| (iii) The voters of the district approve a proposition |
22 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after |
23 |
| March 19, 1996; and
|
24 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
25 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
26 |
| (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
27 |
| the provisions
of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a |
28 |
| community unit school district
maintaining grades K through 12 |
29 |
| may issue bonds up to an amount, including
existing |
30 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed value |
31 |
| of the
taxable property in the district, if all of the |
32 |
| following conditions are met:
|
33 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
34 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $44,600,000;
|
35 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital improvement, |
36 |
| renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement
of existing |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 164 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| school buildings of the district, all of which
existing |
2 |
| buildings were originally constructed not less than 80 |
3 |
| years ago;
|
4 |
| (iii) The voters of the district approve a proposition |
5 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after |
6 |
| December 31, 1996; and
|
7 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
8 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
9 |
| (j) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
10 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1999, a |
11 |
| community unit school
district maintaining grades K through 12 |
12 |
| may issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing |
13 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed
value |
14 |
| of the taxable property in the district if all of the following
|
15 |
| conditions are met:
|
16 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
17 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 of less than $140,000,000 |
18 |
| and a best 3 months
average daily
attendance for the |
19 |
| 1995-96 school year of at least 2,800;
|
20 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued to purchase a site and build |
21 |
| and equip a new
high school, and the school district's |
22 |
| existing high school was originally
constructed not less |
23 |
| than 35
years prior to the sale of the bonds;
|
24 |
| (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board |
25 |
| of education
determines
by resolution that a new high |
26 |
| school is needed because of projected enrollment
|
27 |
| increases;
|
28 |
| (iv) At least 60% of those voting in an election held
|
29 |
| after December 31, 1996 approve a proposition
for the |
30 |
| issuance of
the bonds; and
|
31 |
| (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
32 |
| through
19-7 of this Code.
|
33 |
| (k) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
34 |
| subsection (a) of
this Section, a school district that meets |
35 |
| all the criteria set forth in
paragraphs (1) through (4) of |
36 |
| this subsection (k) may issue bonds to incur an
additional |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 165 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 even though |
2 |
| the
amount of the additional indebtedness authorized by this |
3 |
| subsection (k), when
incurred and added to the aggregate amount |
4 |
| of indebtedness of the school
district existing immediately |
5 |
| prior to the school district incurring such
additional |
6 |
| indebtedness, causes the aggregate indebtedness of the school
|
7 |
| district to exceed or increases the amount by which the |
8 |
| aggregate indebtedness
of the district already exceeds the debt |
9 |
| limitation otherwise applicable to
that school district under |
10 |
| subsection (a):
|
11 |
| (1) the school district is located in 2 counties, and a |
12 |
| referendum to
authorize the additional indebtedness was |
13 |
| approved by a majority of the voters
of the school district |
14 |
| voting on the proposition to authorize that
indebtedness;
|
15 |
| (2) the additional indebtedness is for the purpose of |
16 |
| financing a
multi-purpose room addition to the existing |
17 |
| high school;
|
18 |
| (3) the additional indebtedness, together with the |
19 |
| existing indebtedness
of the school district, shall not |
20 |
| exceed 17.4% of the value of the taxable
property in the |
21 |
| school district, to be ascertained by the last assessment |
22 |
| for
State and county taxes; and
|
23 |
| (4) the bonds evidencing the additional indebtedness |
24 |
| are issued, if at
all, within 120 days of the effective |
25 |
| date of this amendatory Act of 1998.
|
26 |
| (l) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
27 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until January 1, 2000, a |
28 |
| school district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 8 may |
29 |
| issue bonds up to an amount,
including existing indebtedness, |
30 |
| not exceeding 15% of the equalized assessed
value of the |
31 |
| taxable property in the district if all of the following
|
32 |
| conditions are met:
|
33 |
| (i) the district has an equalized assessed valuation |
34 |
| for calendar year
1996 of less than $10,000,000;
|
35 |
| (ii) the bonds are issued for capital improvement, |
36 |
| renovation,
rehabilitation, or replacement of one or more |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 166 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| school buildings of the district,
which buildings were |
2 |
| originally constructed not less than 70 years ago;
|
3 |
| (iii) the voters of the district approve a proposition |
4 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held on or |
5 |
| after March 17, 1998; and
|
6 |
| (iv) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
7 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
8 |
| (m) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
9 |
| the provisions
of
any other law, until January 1, 1999, an |
10 |
| elementary school district maintaining
grades K through 8 may |
11 |
| issue bonds up to an amount, excluding existing
indebtedness, |
12 |
| not exceeding 18% of the equalized assessed value of the |
13 |
| taxable
property in the district, if all of the following |
14 |
| conditions are met:
|
15 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
16 |
| valuation for calendar
year 1995 or less than $7,700,000;
|
17 |
| (ii) The school district operates 2 elementary |
18 |
| attendance centers that
until
1976 were operated as the |
19 |
| attendance centers of 2 separate and distinct school
|
20 |
| districts;
|
21 |
| (iii) The bonds are issued for the construction of a |
22 |
| new elementary school
building to replace an existing |
23 |
| multi-level elementary school building of the
school |
24 |
| district that is not handicapped accessible at all levels |
25 |
| and parts of
which were constructed more than 75 years ago;
|
26 |
| (iv) The voters of the school district approve a |
27 |
| proposition for the
issuance of the bonds at a referendum |
28 |
| held after July 1, 1998; and
|
29 |
| (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
30 |
| through 19-7 of this
Code.
|
31 |
| (n) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in |
32 |
| subsection (a) of
this Section or any other provisions of this |
33 |
| Section or of any other law, a
school district that meets all |
34 |
| of the criteria set forth in paragraphs (i)
through (vi) of |
35 |
| this subsection (n) may incur additional indebtedness by the
|
36 |
| issuance of bonds in an amount not exceeding the amount |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 167 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| certified by the
Capital Development Board to the school |
2 |
| district as provided in paragraph (iii)
of
this subsection (n), |
3 |
| even though the amount of the additional indebtedness so
|
4 |
| authorized, when incurred and added to the aggregate amount of |
5 |
| indebtedness of
the district existing immediately prior to the |
6 |
| district incurring the
additional indebtedness authorized by |
7 |
| this subsection (n), causes the aggregate
indebtedness of the |
8 |
| district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable
by |
9 |
| law to that district:
|
10 |
| (i) The school district applies to the State Board of |
11 |
| Education for a
school construction project grant and |
12 |
| submits a district facilities plan in
support
of its |
13 |
| application pursuant to Section 5-20 of
the School |
14 |
| Construction Law.
|
15 |
| (ii) The school district's application and facilities |
16 |
| plan are approved
by,
and the district receives a grant |
17 |
| entitlement for a school construction project
issued by, |
18 |
| the State Board of Education under the School Construction |
19 |
| Law.
|
20 |
| (iii) The school district has exhausted its bonding |
21 |
| capacity or the unused
bonding capacity of the district is |
22 |
| less than the amount certified by the
Capital Development |
23 |
| Board to the district under Section 5-15 of the School
|
24 |
| Construction Law as the dollar amount of the school |
25 |
| construction project's cost
that the district will be |
26 |
| required to finance with non-grant funds in order to
|
27 |
| receive a school construction project grant under the |
28 |
| School Construction Law.
|
29 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued for a "school construction |
30 |
| project", as that
term is defined in Section 5-5 of the |
31 |
| School Construction Law, in an amount
that does not exceed |
32 |
| the dollar amount certified, as provided in paragraph
(iii) |
33 |
| of this subsection (n), by the Capital Development Board
to |
34 |
| the school
district under Section 5-15 of the School |
35 |
| Construction Law.
|
36 |
| (v) The voters of the district approve a proposition |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 168 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| for the issuance of
the bonds at a referendum held after |
2 |
| the criteria specified in paragraphs (i)
and (iii) of this |
3 |
| subsection (n) are met.
|
4 |
| (vi) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
5 |
| through 19-7 of the
School Code.
|
6 |
| (o) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
7 |
| the
provisions of any other law, until November 1, 2007, a |
8 |
| community unit
school district maintaining grades K through 12 |
9 |
| may issue bonds up to
an amount, including existing |
10 |
| indebtedness, not exceeding 20% of the
equalized assessed value |
11 |
| of the taxable property in the district if all of the
following |
12 |
| conditions are met:
|
13 |
| (i) the school district has an equalized assessed |
14 |
| valuation
for calendar year 2001 of at least $737,000,000 |
15 |
| and an enrollment
for the 2002-2003 school year of at least |
16 |
| 8,500;
|
17 |
| (ii) the bonds are issued to purchase school sites, |
18 |
| build and
equip a new high school, build and equip a new |
19 |
| junior high school,
build and equip 5 new elementary |
20 |
| schools, and make technology
and other improvements and |
21 |
| additions to existing schools;
|
22 |
| (iii) at the time of the sale of the bonds, the board |
23 |
| of
education determines by resolution that the sites and |
24 |
| new or
improved facilities are needed because of projected |
25 |
| enrollment
increases;
|
26 |
| (iv) at least 57% of those voting in a general election |
27 |
| held
prior to January 1, 2003 approved a proposition for |
28 |
| the issuance of
the bonds; and
|
29 |
| (v) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
30 |
| through
19-7 of this Code.
|
31 |
| (p) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or |
32 |
| the provisions of any other law, a community unit school |
33 |
| district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to |
34 |
| an amount, including indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the |
35 |
| equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the |
36 |
| district if all of the following conditions are met: |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 169 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (i) The school district has an equalized assessed |
2 |
| valuation for calendar year 2001 of at least $295,741,187 |
3 |
| and a best 3 months' average daily attendance for the |
4 |
| 2002-2003 school year of at least 2,394. |
5 |
| (ii) The bonds are issued to build and equip 3 |
6 |
| elementary school buildings; build and equip one middle |
7 |
| school building; and alter, repair, improve, and equip all |
8 |
| existing school buildings in the district. |
9 |
| (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board |
10 |
| of education determines by resolution that the project is |
11 |
| needed because of expanding growth in the school district |
12 |
| and a projected enrollment increase. |
13 |
| (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2 |
14 |
| through 19-7 of this Code.
|
15 |
| (p-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section |
16 |
| or the provisions of any other law, bonds issued by a community |
17 |
| unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 shall not |
18 |
| be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory |
19 |
| limitation and may be issued in an amount or amounts, including |
20 |
| existing indebtedness, in excess of any heretofore or hereafter |
21 |
| imposed statutory limitation as to indebtedness, if all of the |
22 |
| following conditions are met: |
23 |
| (i) For each of the 4 most recent years, residential |
24 |
| property comprises more than 80% of the equalized assessed |
25 |
| valuation of the district. |
26 |
| (ii) At least 2 school buildings that were constructed |
27 |
| 40 or more years prior to the issuance of the bonds will be |
28 |
| demolished and will be replaced by new buildings or |
29 |
| additions to one or more existing buildings. |
30 |
| (iii) Voters of the district approve a proposition for |
31 |
| the issuance of the bonds at a regularly scheduled |
32 |
| election. |
33 |
| (iv) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school |
34 |
| board determines by resolution that the new buildings or |
35 |
| building additions are needed because of an increase in |
36 |
| enrollment projected by the school board. |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 170 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| (v) The principal amount of the bonds, including |
2 |
| existing indebtedness, does not exceed 25% of the equalized |
3 |
| assessed value of the taxable property in the district. |
4 |
| (vi) The bonds are issued prior to January 1, 2007, |
5 |
| pursuant to Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of this Code.
|
6 |
| (q) A school district must notify the State Board of |
7 |
| Education prior to issuing any form of long-term or short-term |
8 |
| debt that will result in outstanding debt that exceeds 75% of |
9 |
| the debt limit specified in this Section or any other provision |
10 |
| of law.
|
11 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-13, eff. 6-9-03; 93-799, eff. 7-22-04; |
12 |
| 93-1045, eff. 10-15-04; 94-234, eff. 7-1-06; 94-721, eff. |
13 |
| 1-6-06.)
|
14 |
| (105 ILCS 5/Art. 7A rep.) |
15 |
| (105 ILCS 5/Art. 11A rep.) |
16 |
| (105 ILCS 5/Art. 11B rep.) |
17 |
| (105 ILCS 5/Art. 11D rep.)
|
18 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.2 rep.)
|
19 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.3 rep.)
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.5 rep.)
|
21 |
| Section 15. The School Code is amended by repealing |
22 |
| Articles 7A, 11A, 11B, and 11D and Sections 18-8.2, 18-8.3, and |
23 |
| 18-8.5. |
24 |
| Section 20. The School District Validation (1995) Act is |
25 |
| amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
|
26 |
| (105 ILCS 555/5)
|
27 |
| Sec. 5. Validation. In all cases in which, before the |
28 |
| effective date of
this Act, the regional superintendent of |
29 |
| schools was required to publish notice
of a referendum to |
30 |
| establish a community unit school district in territory
|
31 |
| comprising 2 community unit school districts, 2 community |
32 |
| consolidated school
districts, and 2 community high school |
33 |
| districts and such notice was not
published by the regional |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 171 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| superintendent of schools as required by Section
11A-5 of the |
2 |
| School Code (now repealed) and a majority of the voters |
3 |
| residing in each of the
school districts comprising the |
4 |
| proposed community unit school district voted
in favor of the |
5 |
| creation of such community unit school district in the general
|
6 |
| election held on November 8, 1994, and in which territory at a |
7 |
| subsequent
election similarly called and held a board of |
8 |
| education has been chosen for
such district, each such election |
9 |
| is hereby made legal and valid and such
territory is hereby |
10 |
| declared legally and validly organized and established as a
|
11 |
| community unit school district, and a valid and existing school |
12 |
| district.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 89-416, eff. 11-22-95.)
|
14 |
| Section 90. Savings clause. Any repeal made by this Act |
15 |
| shall not affect or impair any of the following: suits pending |
16 |
| or rights existing at the time this Act takes effect; any grant |
17 |
| or conveyance made or right acquired or cause of action now |
18 |
| existing under any Section, Article, or Act repealed by this |
19 |
| Act; the validity of any bonds or other obligations issued or |
20 |
| sold and constituting valid obligations of the issuing |
21 |
| authority at the time this Act takes effect; the validity of |
22 |
| any contract; the validity of any tax levied under any law in |
23 |
| effect prior to the effective date of this Act; any offense |
24 |
| committed, act done, penalty, punishment, or forfeiture |
25 |
| incurred or any claim, right, power, or remedy accrued under |
26 |
| any law in effect prior to the effective date of this Act; or |
27 |
| the corporate existence or powers of any school district |
28 |
| lawfully validated under any law in effect prior to the |
29 |
| effective date of this Act. For any petition filed with the |
30 |
| regional superintendent of schools under Article 7A, 11A, 11B, |
31 |
| or 11D of the School Code prior to the effective date of this |
32 |
| Act, the proposed action described in the petition, including |
33 |
| all notices, hearings, administrative decisions, ballots, |
34 |
| elections, and passage requirements relating thereto, shall |
35 |
| proceed and be in accordance with the law in effect at the date |
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 172 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
|
1 |
| of the filing. |
2 |
| Section 95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act makes |
3 |
| changes in a
statute that is represented in this Act by text |
4 |
| that is not yet or no longer in
effect (for example, a Section |
5 |
| represented by multiple versions), the use of
that text does |
6 |
| not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the changes
|
7 |
| made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any other |
8 |
| Public Act.
|
9 |
| Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect July 1, |
10 |
| 2006.
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 173 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
| 1 |
|
INDEX
| 2 |
|
Statutes amended in order of appearance
|
| 3 |
| 10 ILCS 5/28-2 |
from Ch. 46, par. 28-2 |
| 4 |
| 105 ILCS 5/1B-21 |
|
| 5 |
| 105 ILCS 5/5-32 |
from Ch. 122, par. 5-32 |
| 6 |
| 105 ILCS 5/7-02 |
from Ch. 122, par. 7-02 |
| 7 |
| 105 ILCS 5/7-6 |
from Ch. 122, par. 7-6 |
| 8 |
| 105 ILCS 5/7-11 |
from Ch. 122, par. 7-11 |
| 9 |
| 105 ILCS 5/9-11.2 |
from Ch. 122, par. 9-11.2 |
| 10 |
| 105 ILCS 5/9-12 |
from Ch. 122, par. 9-12 |
| 11 |
| 105 ILCS 5/10-10 |
from Ch. 122, par. 10-10 |
| 12 |
| 105 ILCS 5/10-10.5 new |
|
| 13 |
| 105 ILCS 5/10-11 |
from Ch. 122, par. 10-11 |
| 14 |
| 105 ILCS 5/10-16 |
from Ch. 122, par. 10-16 |
| 15 |
| 105 ILCS 5/10-21.12 |
from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.12 |
| 16 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11C-6 |
from Ch. 122, par. 11C-6 |
| 17 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11C-9 |
from Ch. 122, par. 11C-9 |
| 18 |
| 105 ILCS 5/Art. 11E | 19 |
| heading new |
|
| 20 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-5 new |
|
| 21 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-10 new |
|
| 22 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-15 new |
|
| 23 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-20 new |
|
| 24 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-25 new |
|
| 25 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-30 new |
|
| 26 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-35 new |
|
| 27 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-40 new |
|
| 28 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-45 new |
|
| 29 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-50 new |
|
| 30 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-55 new |
|
| 31 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-60 new |
|
| 32 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-65 new |
|
| 33 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-70 new |
|
| 34 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-75 new |
|
| 35 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-80 new |
|
|
|
|
|
SB2795 |
- 174 - |
LRB094 16461 NHT 51721 b |
|
| 1 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-85 new |
|
| 2 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-90 new |
|
| 3 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-95 new |
|
| 4 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-100 new |
|
| 5 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-105 new |
|
| 6 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-110 new |
|
| 7 |
| 105 ILCS 5/11E-115 new |
|
| 8 |
| 105 ILCS 5/17-2 |
from Ch. 122, par. 17-2 |
| 9 |
| 105 ILCS 5/17-3 |
from Ch. 122, par. 17-3 |
| 10 |
| 105 ILCS 5/17-5 |
from Ch. 122, par. 17-5 |
| 11 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-8.05 |
|
| 12 |
| 105 ILCS 5/19-1 |
from Ch. 122, par. 19-1 |
| 13 |
| 105 ILCS 5/Art. 7A rep. |
|
| 14 |
| 105 ILCS 5/Art. 11A rep. |
|
| 15 |
| 105 ILCS 5/Art. 11B rep. |
|
| 16 |
| 105 ILCS 5/Art. 11D rep. |
|
| 17 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-8.2 rep. |
|
| 18 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-8.3 rep. |
|
| 19 |
| 105 ILCS 5/18-8.5 rep. |
|
| 20 |
| 105 ILCS 555/5 |
|
|
|